Models-and-dimensions_2010-2011_INT

The Gaggenau Models and Dimensions. 

Edition 2010/2011.

Sound advice is at the heart of a perfect kitchen. 

Here you will fi nd all the information you need. 

Built-in appliances from Gaggenau perfectly 

combine function and aesthetics – with clear-cut 

design and no compromise in terms of technology. 

This has already won us numerous international 

design awards, which our products receive time 

and time again. Something which is confi rmed 

by our satisfi ed customers. 

Because it is you, the trade partner, kitchen planner 

or architect, who designs the best kitchen for 

each individual customer. Our aim is to provide 

you with targeted assistance, therefore we have 

brought together all the information you need on 

the following pages. Thematically ordered and 

clearly presented, with dimensions and product 

descriptions. So you can save time whilst still 

receiving even clearer advice. The diff erence is 

Gaggenau. 

Industrie Forum Design Hannover, Designzentrum 

Nordrhein-Westfalen, the Chicago Athaneum 

Museum for Architecture and Design and the 

Design price of Germany 2009 have honoured 

several products for their good design quality. 

The corresponding models have each been 

assigned a logo.

Checklist for appliance combinations. 2–5 

Ovens / Warming drawers. 6–33 

Combi-steam ovens / Steam ovens. 34–49 

Combi-microwave ovens / Microwaves. 50–59 

Fully automatic espresso machines. 60–63 

Vario cooktops. 64–101 

Cooktops. 102–143 

Ventilation appliances. 144–191 

Cooling appliances. 192–247 

Dishwashers / Washing machine / Condenser dryer. 248–273 

Accessories. 274–279 

Appliance 

combinations

Checklist for appliance combinations. 

This check list provides the most 

relevant parameters for the perfect 

combination and ordering of ovens, 

Combi-steam ovens, steam ovens, 

microwaves, Combi-microwave ovens, 

fully automatic espresso machine and 

dishwashers. 

The tables on pages 10 and 36/37 show 

which appliances can be combined 

either horizontally and / or vertically. 

The following points should be 

observed in addition. 

Appliance colour 

□ 

When planning and ordering, 

make sure the colours match (real 

stainless steel or aluminium-backed 

glass or backed with colour), as 

not every appliance is available in 

all colours. 

Vertical combinations 

When planning and ordering please 

note that 

□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 

In a vertical combination the door 

hinges of the appliances must be 

on the same side. 

The door hinge is not reversible. 

The width of the appliances is 

identical. 

The control units of the two appliances 

should meet each other in 

the middle of the combination. 

Horizontal combinations 


note that 

□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 

For horizontal combinations, the 

handles for both appliances need 

to be placed in the middle in order 

to use the full available door 

opening angle. 


A minimum clearance of 10 mm 

between the two doors must be 

observed. 


microwaves, Combi-microwave 

ovens and fully automatic espresso 

machines in combination with a 

warming drawer (14 cm in height) 

have the same total height as a 

60 cm wide oven. 

The control units are either all at 

the top or all at the bottom. 

BO Ovens 

BS Combi-steam ovens / Steam ovens 

WS Warming drawers 

BM Combi-microwave ovens / 

Microwaves 

CM Fully automatic espresso machine 

DF Dishwashers 

Appliance colours 

Stainless steel-backed full glass door 

Vertical combination, 60 cm wide appliances 

BS + BO + WS 29 cm 

DF + BO 

Vertical combination, 

76 cm / 30’’ wide appliances 

BO + BS + WS 

2 Checklist for appliance combinations 

DF + BS 

Aluminium-backed full glass door Anthracite full glass door 

BM + BO + WS 29 cm 

DF + BM 

Horizontal combination, 76 cm / 30’’ wide appliances 

BO + BO (optionally + WS) 

CM + BS + WS 14 cm 

All combinations on this page are available in the following appliance colours: Stainless steel-backed full glass door, Aluminium-backed full glass door, Anthracite full glass door. 

(For DF the fronts are available in all appliance colours as a special accessory.)

Horizontal combination, 60 cm wide appliances 

BO + BO BO + (BS + WS 14 cm) 

BO + (BM + WS 14 cm) 

(BS + WS 14 cm) + (CM + WS 14 cm) 

(BM + WS 14 cm) + (BS + WS 14 cm) 

BO + (CM + WS 14 cm) + (BS + WS 14 cm) 

Combination of 4 with warming drawer, 60 cm wide appliances 

BS + BM + BO + (CM + WS 14 cm) 

(CM + WS 14 cm) + (BM + WS 14 cm) 

BM + CM + BS (optionally + WS 14 cm) 

BO + (CM + WS 14 cm) 

Checklist for appliance combinations 3

Checklist for appliance combinations. 

This check list provides the most 

relevant parameters for the perfect 

combination and ordering of ovens, 


microwaves, Combi-microwave ovens, 

fully automatic espresso machine and 

dishwashers. 

The tables on pages 10 and 36/37 show 

which appliances can be combined 

either horizontally and / or vertically. 

The following points should be 

observed in addition. 

Appliance colour 

□ 

When planning and ordering, 

make sure the colours match (real 

stainless steel or aluminium-backed 

glass or backed with colour), as 

not every appliance is available in 

all colours. 

Vertical combinations 


note that 

□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 

In a vertical combination the door 

hinges of the appliances must be 

on the same side. 


The width of the appliances is 

identical. 

The control units of the two appliances 

should meet each other in 

the middle of the combination. 

Horizontal combinations 


note that 

□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 

□ 

For horizontal combinations, the 

handles for both appliances need 

to be placed in the middle in order 

to use the full available door 

opening angle. 


A minimum clearance of 10 mm 

between the two doors must be 

observed. 


microwaves, Combi-microwave 

ovens and fully automatic espresso 

machines in combination with a 

warming drawer (14 cm in height) 

have the same total height as a 

60 cm wide oven. 

The control units are either all at 

the top or all at the bottom. 

BO Ovens 

BS Combi-steam ovens / Steam ovens 

WS Warming drawers 

BM Combi-microwave ovens / 

Microwaves 

CM Fully automatic espresso machine 

DF Dishwashers 

Appliance colours 

Stainless steel-coloured full glass door 

Vertical combination, 60 cm wide appliances 

DF + BO DF + BS 

Horizontal combination, 60 cm wide appliances 

Aluminium-coloured full glass door 

BS + BO (BM + BA 266) + BO 

(BM + BA 266) + BS + BO + BO 

BO + BO BO + (BS + WS 14 cm) 

(BM + BA 266 + WS 14 cm) + (BS + WS 14 cm) 

4 Checklist for appliance combinations 

Combination of 4, 60 cm wide appliances 

All combinations on this page are available in the following appliance colours: Stainless steel-coloured full glass door, Aluminium-coloured full glass door.

Checklist for appliance combinations 5

Ovens / Warming drawers. 

Ovens 300 series. 8 

Combinations for ovens 200 series. 10–11 

Ovens 200 series. 9–17 

Planning notes for ovens / oven combinations. 18–19 

Warming drawers. 20–23 

Accessories / Special accessories. 24–27 

Technical specifications. 28–33 

7 

Ovens/ 

Warming drawers

EB 388 110 

Stainless steel 

Width 90 cm 

Included in the price 

2 baking trays 

1 grill tray with wire rack 

1 wire rack 

1 plug-in core temperature probe 

Special accessories 

BS 020 002 

Pizza paddle, set of 2 

DS 070 062 

Rotisserie spit 

GP 032 062 

Grill tray, enamelled 

39 mm deep. 

GR 030 062 

Wire rack, chromium-plated 

Angled, no opening. 

GR 035 062 


With opening and feet. 

KB 032 062 

Baking tray, enamelled 

18 mm deep. 

KB 036 062 


20 mm deep. 

PS 075 001 

Baking stone 

Incl. heating element, baking stone 

support and pizza paddle. 

8 Ovens 

Oven 300 series 

EB 388 

– Pyrolytic system 

– 11 heating methods, with core 

temperature probe, rotisserie spit 

and baking stone function 

– Electronic temperature control from 

50 °C to 300 °C 

– 78 litres net volume 

Handling 

Digital function and time display. 

Short-term timer and long-term timer. 

Automatic cooking timer. 

Actual temperature display. 

Super-Quick control. 

Features 

Core temperature probe with automatic 

shut off. 

Baking stone socket. 

Infrared large-area grill. 

Economy grill. 

100 W halogen light on the top. 

Safety 

Thermally insulated door with 

quadruple glazing. 

Child and vacation lock. 

Cooled housing with temperature 

protection. 

Cleaning 

Pyrolytic system. 

Gaggenau enamel. 

Heated air cleaning catalyst. 

Planning notes 

The mains socket needs to be planned 

outside of the niche. 

Connection 

Energy efficiency class E. 

Total connected load 6.8 kW. 

Plan a connecting cable. 

EB 385 110 


Width 90 cm 


2 baking trays 


1 wire rack 



BS 020 002 


DS 070 062 


GP 032 062 


39 mm deep. 

GR 030 062 



GR 035 062 


With opening and feet. 

KB 032 062 


18 mm deep. 

KB 036 062 


20 mm deep. 

PS 070 001 

Baking stone 




EB 385 





50 °C to 300 °C 



Digital function and time display. 

Short-term timer and long-term timer. 

Automatic cooking timer. 



Features 


shut off. 


Infrared large-area grill. 

Economy grill. 


Safety 



Child and vacation lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 






Connection 

Energy efficiency class C. 


Plan a connecting cable.

Right-hinged 

BX 280 110 


Width 76 cm 

BX 280 130 

Aluminium-backed full glass door 

Width 76 cm 

Left-hinged 

BX 281 110 


Width 76 cm 

BX 281 130 


Width 76 cm 


2 baking trays, enamelled 

pyrolysis-safe 

1 rotisserie spit 

2 wire racks 

2 grill trays with wire rack 



BA 028 101 


With feet and rotisserie spit 

attachment. 

39 mm deep. 

BA 028 111 


23 mm deep. 

BA 038 101 



BA 058 111 

Heating element for baking stone 

BA 058 131 

Baking stone 

Incl. baking stone support and pizza 

paddle (heating element must be 

ordered separately). 

BS 020 002 


Double oven 200 series 

BX 280/BX 281 






30 °C to 300 °C 

– 2 x 110 litres net volume 


LCD function display with digital clock. 

Timer functions: cooking time, switch 

off time, short-term timer, stop watch, 

long-term timer. 

Settings menu. 



Rotary knob and touch key operation. 

Features 


shut off (lower oven). 

Rotisserie spit (lower oven). 



2x10 W halogen light on the side. 

Enamelled wire racks on the side with 

5 rack levels, pyrolysis-safe. 

Side-opening door opens up to 180° 

angle. 

Safety 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 





Please read the installation details 

regarding air ducting on page 18/19. 

Door hinge not reversible. 

The façade of the appliance extends 

47 mm from the furniture cavity. 

The outer edge of the door handle 

extends 94 mm from the furniture cavity. 

Consider the overhang, incl. the door 

handle, when planning to open 

drawers next to the appliance. 

When planning a corner solution, pay 

attention to the 90° door opening 

angle. 

To achieve the 550 mm installation 

depth, the connecting cable needs to 

follow the slanted edge on the lower 

right hand corner of the housing. 



Connection 

Energy efficiency class B. 



Ovens 9

Possible combinations for the 

ovens of the 200 series. 

BO 280/281 ■ ■ 

10 Ovens 

BO 280/281 BO 270/271 BO 250/251 BO 240/241 BO 220/221 BO 210/211 

BO 270/271 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BO 250/251 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BO 240/241 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BO 220/221 ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BO 210/211 ■ ■ ■ ■ 

WS width 76 cm 

■ 

■ 

WS height 29 cm 

BS 280/281 

BS 270/271 

■ 

■ 

BS 274/275 + WS height 14 cm ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BS 250/251 

BS 254/255 + WS height14 cm ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BS 224/225 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

BS 224/225 + WS height 14 cm ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BM 270/271 

BM 274/275 + WS height 14 cm ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BM 220/221 + BA 226 

CM 250 + WS height 14 cm ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ Horizontal combination ■ Vertical combination (No other appliances may be installed above the BS.) 

When ordering, make sure the colours match (stainless steel or aluminium behind glass or backed with colour), as not every appliance is available in all colours. 

For horizontal combinations, the handles for both appliances need to be placed in the middle. 

A minimum clearance of 10 mm between the two doors must be observed. 

The door hinge is not reversible. Please indicate the correct model number when ordering. 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■

Ovens 11

Right-hinged 

BO 280 110 


Width 76 cm 

BO 280 130 


Width 76 cm 

Left-hinged 

BO 281 110 


Width 76 cm 

BO 281 130 


Width 76 cm 


1 baking tray, enamelled 



1 wire rack 




BA 028 101 



attachment. 

39 mm deep. 

BA 028 111 


23 mm deep. 

BA 038 101 



BA 058 111 


BA 058 131 

Baking stone 




BS 020 002 


12 Ovens 


BO 280/BO 281 






30 °C to 300 °C 










Save up to 6 memory recipes (incl. core 

temperature probe). 


Features 


shut off. 

Rotisserie spit. 



2 x 10 W halogen light on the side. 




angle. 

Safety 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 

















angle. 







Connection 




Right-hinged 

BO 270 101 

Anthracite full glass door 

Width 60 cm 

BO 270 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 270 131 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BO 271 101 


Width 60 cm 

BO 271 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 271 131 


Width 60 cm 





1 glass tray 

1 wire rack 

1 grill tray with rack 



BA 016 103 

Pull-out system 

Enamelled cast iron frame and fully 

extendable telescopic rails. 

BA 026 103 


25 mm deep. 

BA 026 113 


26 mm deep. 

BA 036 103 


Without opening, with feet. 

BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 

Heating element for baking stone and 

Gastronorm roaster 

BA 056 133 

Baking stone 




BS 020 002 


GN 340 230 

Gastronorm roaster in cast aluminium, 

GN 2/3, height 165 mm 


BO 270/BO 271 






30 °C to 300 °C 

– 76 litres net volume: the biggest 

oven of its class 

– Energy efficiency class A 












Features 


shut off. 

Rotisserie spit. 


Roasting function. 


2 x 10 W halogen light on the side. 




angle. 

Safety 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 

















angle. 







Connection 

Energy efficiency class A. 



Ovens 13

Right-hinged 

BO 250 101 


Width 60 cm 

BO 250 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 250 131 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BO 251 101 


Width 60 cm 

BO 251 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 251 131 


Width 60 cm 




1 glass tray 

1 wire rack 



BA 016 103 




BA 026 113 


26 mm deep. 

BA 036 103 



BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 



BA 056 133 

Baking stone 




BA 226 103 


25 mm deep. 

BS 020 002 


GN 340 230 



14 Ovens 


BO 250/BO 251 



temperature probe and baking 

stone function 


30 °C to 300 °C 













Features 


shut off. 




10 W halogen light on the side. 




angle. 

Safety 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 

















angle. 







Connection 




Right-hinged 

BO 240 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 240 131 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BO 241 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 241 131 


Width 60 cm 



1 glass tray 

1 wire rack 



BA 016 103 




BA 026 113 


26 mm deep. 

BA 036 103 



BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 



BA 056 133 

Baking stone 




BA 226 103 


25 mm deep. 

BS 020 002 


GN 340 230 




BO 240/BO 241 


temperature probe and baking 



30 °C to 300 °C 













Features 


shut off. 



Removable grill heating element. 




4 rack levels. 


angle. 

Safety 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 


Interior back wall and ceiling with 

catalytic special enamelling. 


Grease filter in front of hot air fan. 














angle. 







Connection 




Ovens 15

Right-hinged 

BO 220 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 220 131 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BO 221 111 


Width 60 cm 

BO 221 131 


Width 60 cm 




1 glass tray 

1 wire rack 


BA 016 103 




BA 026 113 


26 mm deep. 

BA 036 103 



BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 



BA 056 133 

Baking stone 




BA 226 103 


25 mm deep. 

BS 020 002 


GN 340 230 



16 Ovens 


BO 220/BO 221 


– 9 heating methods, with baking 



50 °C to 300 °C 







off time, short-term timer, stop watch. 



Features 






angle. 

Safety 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 

















angle. 







Connection 




Right-hinged 

BO 210 110 


Width 60 cm 

BO 210 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BO 211 110 


Width 60 cm 

BO 211 130 


Width 60 cm 


1 glass tray 


1 wire rack 


BA 036 100 



BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 



BA 056 130 

Baking stone 




BA 216 100 

Quadruple telescopic pull-out rack 

BA 226 100 


37 mm deep. 

BA 226 110 


29 mm deep. 

BS 020 002 



BO 210/BO 211 

– 9 heating methods, with baking 



50 °C to 300 °C 










Features 


Removable grill heating element. 


Chromium-plated wire racks on the 

side with 4 rack levels. 


angle. 

Safety 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 
















angle. 







Connection 




Ovens 17

Planning notes for the installation 

of ovens and oven combinations 

General notes 

Necessary air cross section 

at the door edges 

18 Ovens 

Applies to BO/BX/BS/BM/WS/CM 

Installation behind kitchen 

furniture doors 

Appropriate measures must be taken 

to prevent these types of doors from 

closing when the appliance is heating 

or while it is cooling down (fan operation). 

Combination of ovens and 

Vario cooling 400 series appliances 

Please check the planning notes in 

the information for Vario cooling 400 

series appliances in order to prevent 

the refrigerator door from colliding with 

the oven handle. 

Installation side by side 

When appliances are installed side by 

side, the clearance between the 

appliances must be at least 10 mm 

(corresponds to the standard outside 

measurement of the furniture 

cavity of 600 or 762 mm). For best 

possible door opening, the handles 

should be positioned in the middle (i.e. 

opposite each other). 

Gaggenau 200 series ovens are supplied 

with fresh air for cooling at the 

top edge and side edges of the door. 

Hot air is blown out at the door bottom 

edge. Combi-steam ovens, steam 

ovens and combi-microwave oven have 

the air inlet at the side edges of the 

door and the hot air and steam outlets 

at the top edge of the door. 

In order to prevent appliances from 

overheating and to ensure that they 

cool down as required after operation, 

appropriate minimum cross sections 

of free space must be maintained from 

kitchen furniture edges. 

The measurements given in the drawing 

apply to all appliances. 

The following should also be checked: 

The area above the appliances 

BS: 

Where an edge of a kitchen unit protrudes 

more than 20 mm in front of the 

edge of the furniture cavity, the edge 

of the kitchen furniture panel must be 

steam resistant as is the case above a 

dishwasher. Steam may possibly penetrate 

into the shelf compartment. 

Above the BS no other electrical 

appliances are to be installed. 

The area below the appliances 

WS: 

When the warming drawer is operated 

without handles, care must be 

taken to ensure that there is sufficient 

access to the lower edge of 

the appliance if the thickness of the 

kitchen furniture door is greater than 

20 mm in front of the furniture cavity. 

BS above dishwasher DI/DF: 

Only permissible for BS 2.4/2.5 with 

controls at the top. 

Installation side by side 

10 

Air cross section at the door edges above/below 

47 

BO, BX, BS, 

BM, CM, WS 

20 

20 

47 

3 

5 

10 

21

Installation in corners 

At the sides 

In cases where kitchen furniture door 

door thicknesses are greater or where 

sidewalls protrude up to 34 mm from 

front of the edge of the furniture cavity, 

the minimum distance on the hinge 

side is sufficient for the air supply and 

a door opening angle of 120°. Above 

that, a distance of 10 mm or even more 

is required. 

The handle side may, if required, be 

covered by a side panel provided that 

the minimum distance is maintained. 

Door clearance at the sides 

When the pull-out drawer is used with 

the cast roaster (in prepara-tion), a 

larger door opening angle of 200 mm 

is required. 

For all other situations or with BO 21., 

BS and BM, 100 mm is recommended. 

Where there are smaller side clearances 

down to a minimum of 50 mm, 

restrictions in handling hot baking trays 

should be expected and the userfriendli-ness 

of the side-opening door 

can no longer be taken for granted. 

Air cross section at the door edges 

600/762 

5 

BO, BX, BS 

Installation in corners 

BO 22., 24., 25., 27., 28., 

BX, 

BA 016 103 + 

cast roaster 

5 

10 

max. 34 

47 

200 

Ovens 19

WS 282 110 

Stainless steel-backed glass frontage 

Width 76 cm, Height 27 cm 

WS 282 130 

Aluminium-backed glass frontage 


20 Warming drawers 

Warming drawer 200 series 

WS 282 

– Matches BO/BS 280 

– Hygienic interior with stainless 

steel and glass 

– Temperature range from 

40 °C to 80 °C 

– Keeps food warm and finishes 

meals 

Volume capacity 

Net volume 56 litres. 

Interior dimensions 

W 600 x H 195 x D 480 mm. 

Max. load 25 kg. 

Dinner set for 12 persons including 

ø 28 cm plates and soup bowls. 

Additional bowls, soup bowls and 

serving dishes depending on size. 

Features 

4 temperature levels. 

Timer functions: time remaining, 


Integrated base plate heating. 

Fan for even heat distribution. 

Operation indicator. 

Residual heat indication. 

Touch key operation. 

Stainless steel interior. 

Removable handle. 

Draw pull at the front bottom centre of 

the drawer. 




Always use an intermediate shelf when 

mounting BO/BS 200 above warming 

drawer of at least 19 mm thickness. 

When mounting the drawer below 

BS 280/281, plan a recess of at least 

35 mm between the wall and the 

warming drawer to allow for the inlet 

and outlet hose to be installed 

appropriately. 

With a niche depth of 565 mm, the 

socket can be planned behind the 

appliance. 


regarding oven combination on 

page 18/19. 

Connection 


Connecting cable 1.5 m with plug.

WS 221 100 

Anthracite coloured glass frontage 


WS 261 111 



WS 261 131 

Aluminium-backed glass frontage 



WS 221/WS 261 

– Matches BO 270/250/240, 

BS 270/250, BM 270, CM 250 



– Cushioned closing system 


40 °C to 80 °C 


meals 




W 475 x H 92 x D 458 mm. 




Additional bowls and serving dishes 

depending on size. 

Features 





Rotary knob operation. 


Cushioned closing system. 



the drawer. 




For combination with BS, BM and 

CM 200 in 59 cm niche. 

Mount BO/BS directly above the 

warming drawer without intermediate 

shelf. 

BO and BS each can be combined 

with either of the warming drawer 

sizes. 

Niche dimensions depend on the two 

individual appliances dimensions. 

The socket can be planned behind the 

appliance. 



page 18/19. 

Connection 


Connecting cable 1.5 m with plug. 

Warming drawers 21

WS 222 100 

Anthracite coloured glass front 

Width 60 cm, Height 28.8 cm 

WS 262 111 

Stainless steel-backed glass front 


WS 262 131 

Aluminium-backed glass front 


22 Warming drawers 


WS 222/WS 262 

– Matches BO 270/250/240, 

BS 270/250, BM 270, CM 250 





40 °C to 80 °C 


meals 




W 475 x H 242 x D 458 mm. 






Features 










the drawer. 




For combination with BO 200 in 

standardised 88 cm niche. 

Mount BO/BS 200 directly above the 


shelf. 

BO and BS each can be combined 

with either of the warming drawer 

sizes. 

Niche dimensions depend on the 

2 individual appliance dimensions. 


appliance. 



page 18/19. 

Connection 



WS 221 110 

Stainless steel-coloured glass frontage 


WS 221 130 

Aluminium-coloured glass frontage 



WS 221 

– Matches BO 220/210, BS 220 





40 °C to 80 °C 


meals 




W 475 x H 92 x D 458 mm. 






Features 










the drawer. 




For combination with BS 220 in 

standardised 59 cm niche. 

Mount BS 220 directly above the 


shelf. 


appliance. 



page 18/19. 

Connection 



Warming drawers 23

Accessories and special accessories 

for ovens of the 300 and 200 series. 

BA 016 103 




BA 026 103 


25 mm deep. 

BA 028 101 



attachment. 

39 mm deep. 

BA 026 113 


26 mm deep. 

BA 028 111 


23 mm deep. 

BA 036 100 



BA 036 103 



Compatible with pull-out system 

BA 038 101 



BA 046 113 

Glass tray 

25 mm deep. 

BA 056 113 



BA 056 130 

Baking stone 




BA 056 133 

Baking stone 




BA 058 111 


24 Ovens 

BA 216 100 

Quadruple telescopic pull-out rack 

BA 226 100 


37 mm deep. 

BA 226 103 


25 mm deep. 

BA 226 110 


29 mm deep. 

BS 020 002 


DS 070 062 


GN 340 230 

Gastronorm roaster in cast aluminium 

GN 2/3, height 165 mm, non-stick. 

For roasting in oven with roasting 

function or on induction cooktop. 

Lower and upper part can also be used 

separately as casserole or pan, height 

100 and 65 mm. 

For ovens with pull-out system 

BA 016 103 (order heating element 

separately) and combi-steam and 

steam ovens. 

For induction cooktop with ø 28 cm 

cooking zone. 

GP 032 062 


39 mm deep. 

GR 030 062 



GR 035 062 


With opening and feet.

KB 032 062 


18 mm deep. 

KB 036 062 


20 mm deep. 

PS 070 001 

Baking stone 



PS 075 001 

Baking stone 



Advice: 

Not every illustrated accessorie fit to every oven. 

For exact allocation see page 26/27. 

Ovens 25

Accessories and special accessories for ovens 

of the 300 and 200 series. 

Baking tray, enamelled Oven 

KB 032 062 18 mm deep •/∘ 

KB 036 062 20 mm deep •/∘ 

BA 028 111 23 mm deep 

BA 026 113 26 mm deep, compatible with pull-out system 

BA 226 110 29 mm deep 

Pull-out rack 

BA 016 103 Pull-out system with pyrolysis-safe cast frame and fully extendable telescopic pull-out rack (Telescopic pull-out rail is not pyrolysis-safe) 

for 60 cm oven. For BO 2.. ..0, conversion kit required. 

BA 016 111 Conversion set for BO 27. ..0, required in order to use the 

Pull-out system and the new baking trays (contains 2 baking trays, 

grill tray, 2 wire racks, rotisserie spit, side slide-in rack, glass tray) 

BA 016 121 Conversion set for BO 25./ 24./ 22. ..0, required in order to use 

the pull-out system and the new baking trays 

(contains baking tray, grill tray, wire rack, side slide-in rack) 

BA 216 100 Quadruple fully extendable telescopic pull-out rack. Not in combination with baking stone. 

Roaster 

GN 340 230 Gastronorm roaster in cast aluminium GN 2/3, height 165 mm, non-stick. 

For roasting in oven with roasting function or on the induction cooktop. 

Lower and upper part can also be used seperately as casserole or pan, height 100 and 65 mm. 

For ovens with pull-out system BA 016 103 (order heating element seperately) and combi-steam and steam ovens. 

For inducation cooktop with ø 28 cm cooking zone (see also page 276). 

Baking stone 

PS 070 001 incl. heating element, baking stone support and pizza paddle 

PS 075 001 incl. heating element, baking stone support and pizza paddle ∘ 

BA 058 131 incl. baking stone support and pizza paddle (heating element must be ordered separately) 

BA 056 133 incl. baking stone support and pizza paddle (heating element must be ordered separately) 

BA 056 130 incl. baking stone support and pizza paddle (heating element must be ordered separately). 

Not in combination with pull-out rack BA 216. 

Oven surfaces with catalytic special enamelling 

ET-Nr. 664048 Oven ceiling, for retrofi tting 

ET-Nr. 664248 Oven back wall, for retrofi tting 

Glass tray 

BA 046 113 25 mm deep 


GR 030 062 angled, no opening •/∘ 

GR 035 062 for GP 032 with opening and feet •/∘ 

BA 038 101 angled, no opening 

ET-Nr. 292343 for grill tray BA 028 101, with opening and feet 

BA 036 103 no opening, with feet, compatible with pull-out system 

BA 036 100 no opening, with feet 

ET-Nr. 672921 for grill trays BA 026 103/BA 226 103, with opening, and feet 

ET-Nr. 435794 for grill tray BA 226 100, angled, no opening 


GP 032 062 39 mm deep •/∘ 

BA 028 101 with feet and rotisserie spit attachment, 39 mm deep 

BA 026 103 with feet and rotisserie spit attachment, 25 mm deep, compatible with pull-out system 

BA 226 103 25 mm deep, compatible with pull-out system 

BA 226 100 37 mm deep 

Heating element 

BA 058 111 necessary accessory for baking stone BA 058 131 

BA 056 113 necessary accessory for baking stones BA 056 130/BA 056 133 

Pizza paddle 

BS 020 002 set of 2 ∘ 


DS 070 062 Rotisserie spit ∘ 

• Standard. 

∘ Special accessory. 

26 Ovens 

EB 388

EB 385 BX 280 BO 280 BO 270 BO 250 BO 240 BO 220 BO 210 

BX 281 BO 281 BO 271 BO 251 BO 241 BO 221 BO 211 

Oven Double oven Oven Oven Oven Oven Oven Oven 

•/∘ 

•/∘ 

• (2x)/∘ •/∘ 

• (2x)/∘ •/∘ •/∘ •/∘ 

•/∘ 

∘ 

•/∘ 

•/∘ 

•/∘ 

∘ ∘ 

• (2x)/∘ •/∘ 

• (2x)/∘ •/∘ 

• (2x)/∘ •/∘ 

∘ ∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ 

(◦ only BO 27.. ..0) 

(◦ only BO 25.. ..0) (◦ only BO 24.. ..0) (◦ only BO 22.. ..0) 

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ (without roasting function) 

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ 

•/∘ ∘ 

•/∘ ∘ 

•/∘ •/∘ •/∘ •/∘ ∘ 

•/∘ •/∘ •/∘ •/∘ 

•/∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ 

•/∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ 

∘ 

∘ 

∘ 

•/∘ 

∘ 

•/∘ 

Ovens 27

300 series ovens. 

Appliance type Oven Oven 

Series 300 series 300 series 

Drop-down door EB 388 EB 385 

Stainless steel EB 388 110 EB 385 110 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 90 90 

Niche height (mm) 475 475 

Volume / energy efficiency (to EN 50304 / EN 60350) 

Net volume (l) 78 78 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (mm) 602 x 337 x 382 602 x 337 x 382 

Appliance size small / medium / large large large 

Energy effi ciency class with convection E C 

Energy consumption 

– Top / bottom heat (kWh) 1.99 1.48 

– Convection (kWh) 1.79 1.39 

Cooking time with standard load (min) 52.7 41.6 

Heating methods 

Temperature range (°C) 50 – 300 50 – 300 

Hot air • • 

Hot air + ¹/₁ bottom heat • • 

Top/bottom heat separate or combined • • 

Top heat + ¹/₃ bottom heat • • 

Bottom heat + ¹/₃ top heat • • 

Baking stone function • • 

Infrared large area grill • • 

Infrared large area grill + hot air • • 

Economy grill • • 

Features / accessories 

Electronic temperature control • • 

Actual temperature display • • 

Super-Quick control • • 

Core temperature probe • • 

Rotisserie DS 070 062¹ DS 070 062¹ 

Baking stone (50°C – 300°C) incl. additional heating element PS 075 001¹ PS 070 001¹ 

Halogen lighting (W) 100 100 

Function display with automatic cooking timer • • 

Thermally insulated door with multiple glazing 4-fold 3-fold 

Child lock • • 

Safety lock • • 

Grease fi lter in front of hot air fan • 

Cooled housing • • 

Size of largest baking tray (cm²) 1680 1680 

Baking tray 2 2 

Wire rack 1 1 

Grill tray, pyrolysis-safe 1 1 

Cleaning 

Pyrolytic system • 

Gaggenau enamel • • 

Heated air cleaning catalyst • • 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 6.8 4.8 


¹ Special accessory, see page 26–27. 

28 Ovens

Ovens 29

200 series oven. 

Appliance type Double oven Oven Oven 

Series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

Side-opening door right-hinged/left-hinged BX 280/BX 281 BO 280/BO 281 BO 270/BO 271 

Stainless steel-backed full glass door, panoramic view BX 280/281 110 BO 280/281 110 BO 270/271 111 

Aluminium-backed full glass door, panoramic view BX 280/281 130 BO 280/281 130 BO 270/271 131 

Anthracite front behind full glass door BO 270/271 101 

Stainless steel-coloured front behind full glass door 

Aluminium-coloured front behind full glass door 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 76 76 60 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D² (mm) 752 x 1428 x 547 752 x 670 x 547 590 x 595 x 547 

Façade extension from cavity (mm) 47 47 47 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (mm) 724 x 1425 x 550 724 x 665 x 550 560 x 590 x 550 


Net volume (l) 110 + 110 110 76 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (cm) 58.4 x 43.3 x 40.6 58.4 x 43.3 x 40.6 42.2 x 38.3 x 41.7 

Appliance size small / medium / large –/–/• –/–/• –/–/• 

Energy effi ciency class with convection B B A 

Energy consumption with top / bottom heat (kWh) 1.53 1.53 1.31 

Energy consumption with hot air (kWh) 1.14 1.14 0.97 

Cooking time with standard load (min) 52.3 52.3 46.2 


Temperature range (°C) 30 – 300 30 – 300 30 – 300 

Hot air / Eco / hot air + bottom heat •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• 

Top heat/bottom heat / top heat + bottom heat •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• 

Infrared large area grill • • • 

Infrared large area grill + hot air • • • 

Baking stone function • • • 

Roasting function • (bottom only) • • 

Dough fermenting/defrosting •/• •/• •/• 

Top heat + ¹/₃ bottom heat • • • 

Bottom heat + ¹/₃ top heat • • • 

Hot air + ¹/₃ bottom heat • • • 

Economy grill • (top only) • • 

Warming • • • 


Electronic temperature control • • • 

LCD function display with digital clock • • • 

Cooking time, switch-off time, short-term timer, stop watch • • • 

Long-term timer • • • 

Actual temperature display • • • 

Super-Quick control • • • 

Core temperature probe • (bottom only) • • 

Basic settings menu / with clear text display •/• •/• •/• 

Memory recipes (No.) 6 6 

Rack levels (No.) 5 5 4 

Pull-out system / Quadruple telescopic pull-out rack BA 016 103¹ 

Rotisserie spit • (bottom only) • • 

Halogen light, top (W) 75 per cooking compartment 75 60 

Halogen light, side (W) 10 per cooking compartment 2 x 10 2 x 10 

Thermally insulated door with multiple glazing 4-fold 4-fold 4-fold 

Child lock / Safety lock •/• •/• •/• 

Cooled housing with temperature protection • • • 

Enamel baking tray 1 per cooking compartment 1 2 

Size of largest baking tray (cm²) 1780 1780 1200 

Wire rack 1 per cooking compartment 1 1 

Enamel grill tray / wire rack for grill tray 1/1 per cooking compartment 1/1 1/1 

Glass tray 1 

Gastronorm roaster GN 2/3, non-stick coating, 100+65 mm GN 340 230¹ 

Cleaning 

Pyrolytic system • • • 

Catalytic special enamelling at interior back wall/ceiling 

Gaggenau enamel • • • 

Heated air cleaning catalyst • • • 

Grease fi lter in front of hot-air fan 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 9.2 5.52 3.7 

• Standard. – Not available. 

¹ Special accessories, see pages 26–27. ² Appliance depth: the immersion depth of the appliance in the niche. 

30 Ovens

Oven Oven Oven Oven 

200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

BO 250/BO 251 BO 240/BO 241 BO 220/BO 221 BO 210/BO 211 

BO 250/251 111 BO 240/241 111 

BO 250/251 131 BO 240/241 131 

BO 250/251 101 

BO 220/221 111 BO 210/211 110 

BO 220/221 131 BO 210/211 130 

60 60 60 60 

590 x 595 x 547 590 x 595 x 547 590 x 595 x 547 590 x 595 x 547 

47 47 47 47 

560 x 590 x 550 560 x 590 x 550 560 x 590 x 550 560 x 590 x 550 

76 76 76 76 

42.2 x 38.3 x 41.7 42.2 x 38.3 x 41.7 42.2 x 38.3 x 41.7 42.2 x 38.3 x 41.7 

–/–/• –/–/• –/–/• –/–/• 

A A A A 

1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 

0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 

46.2 46.2 46.2 46.2 

30 – 300 30 – 300 50 – 300 50 – 300 

•/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• 

•/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • 

•/• •/• 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

•/– •/– •/– •/– 

4 4 4 4 

BA 016 103¹ BA 016 103¹ BA 016 103¹ BA 216 100 

60 60 60 60 

10 10 

4-fold 2-fold 4-fold 2-fold 

•/• •/• •/• •/• 

• • • • 

1 1 1 1 

1200 1200 1350 1350 

1 1 1 1 

BA 226 103¹/672 921¹ BA 226 103¹/672 921¹ BA 226 103¹/672 921¹ 1/– 

1 1 1 BA 046 113¹ 

GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ 

• • 

•/• 664 248¹/664 048¹ 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• 

3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 

Ovens 31

200 series warming drawers. 

Appliance type Warming drawer Warming drawer Warming drawer 


Stainless steel-backed glass frontage WS 282 110 WS 262 111 WS 261 111 

Aluminium-backed glass frontage WS 282 130 WS 262 131 WS 261 131 

Anthracite glass frontage WS 222 100 WS 221 100 

Stainless steel-coloured glass frontage 

Aluminium-coloured glass frontage 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 76 60 60 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D¹ (mm) 752 x 267 x 538 590 x 288 x 535 590 x 140 x 535 



Volume 

Net volume (l) 56 53 20 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (mm) 600 x 195 x 480 475 x 242 x 460 475 x 92 x 460 

Number of table settings (No.) 12 12 6 



Bottom heat with air circulation • • • 


Stainless steel interior • • • 

Cushioned closing system • • 

Timer functions • 

Operation indicator • • • 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 0,93 0,81 0,81 

Electrical supply cord (cm) 150 150 150 


¹ Appliance depth: the immersion depth of the appliance in the niche. 

32 Warming drawers

Warming drawer 

200 series 

WS 221 110 

WS 221 130 

60 

590 x 140 x 535 

47 

560 x 140 x 550 

20 

475 x 92 x 460 

6 

40 – 80 

• 

• 

• 

• 

0,81 

150 

Warming drawers 33

Combi-steam ovens / Steam ovens. 

Combinations for combi-steam ovens / Steam ovens 200 series. 36–37 

Combi-steam ovens 200 series. 38–42 

Steam ovens 200 series. 43 



35 

Combi-steam ovens/ 

Steam ovens

Possible combinations for the Combi-steam ovens 

and steam ovens of the 200 series. 

BO 280/281 

BO 270/271 

BO 250/251 

BO 240/241 

BO 220/221 

BO 210/211 

WS width 76 cm 

WS height 14 cm 

36 Combi-steam ovens/Steam ovens 

BS 280/281 BS 270/271 BS 274/275 BS 250/251 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

BS 280/281 ■ ■ 

BS 270/271 ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BS 274/275 ■ ■ 

BS 250/251 ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BS 254/255 ■ ■ 

BS 220/221 

BS 224/225 

BM 274/275 

BM 220/221 + BA 226 

CM 250 

DF 240/241, 260/261, 460/461 

■ 

■ ■ Horizontal combination ■ Vertical combination (No other appliances may be installed above the BS.) 

When ordering, make sure the colours match (stainless steel or aluminium behind glass or backed with colour), as not every appliance is available in all colours. 

For horizontal combinations, the handles for both appliances need to be placed in the middle. 

A minimum clearance of 10 mm between the two doors must be observed. 

The door hinge is not reversible. Please indicate the correct model number when ordering. 

Please note that in combination with dishwashers all above installed appliances require a niche height of 56 cm 

where as dishwashers have an appliance height of 60 cm. 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■

BS 254/255 BS 220/221 BS 224/225 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ■ 

■ 

■ 

Combi-steam ovens/Steam ovens 37

Controls at the bottom 

Right-hinged 

BS 280 110 


Width 76 cm 

BS 280 130 


Width 76 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 281 110 


Width 76 cm 

BS 281 130 


Width 76 cm 


1 Gastronorm insert, GN 2/3 

unperforated, 40 mm deep 

1 Gastronorm insert, GN 2/3 

perforated, 40 mm deep 

1 wire rack 

1 outlet hose (3 m long) 

1 water inlet hose (3 m long) 


Installation accessories 

GZ 010 011 

Aqua stop extension (2 m long) 

Extends the water inlet and outlet. 

WF 040 020 

Descaling and neutralising filter . 

WF 040 021 

Filter cartridges 

Set of three filter cartridges. 


GN 114 130 

Gastronorm insert, stainless steel, 

GN 1/3 

Unperforated, 40 mm deep, 1.5 l. 

GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 

Unperforated, 40 mm deep, 3 l. 

GN 124 130 


GN 1/3 

Perforated, 40 mm deep, 1.5 l. 

GN 124 230 


GN 2/3 

Perforated, 40 mm deep, 3 l. 

GN 340 230 



GN 410 130 

Gastronorm lid, stainless steel, GN 1/3 

GN 410 230 


GR 220 046 



38 Combi-steam ovens 

Combi-steam oven 200 series 

BS 280/BS 281 

– Fixed connection for water inlet and 

outlet 

– Hot air circulation 30 °C to 230 °C 

at variable humidity levels of 0%, 

30%, 60%, 80% or 100%, freely 

combinable 

– Steaming without pressure 


30 °C to 230 °C 

– Core temperature probe, removable 

– Net volume 44 litres 


Cooking methods 

Combi-steaming, steam baking, juice 

extraction, low temperature steaming, 

low temperature cooking, regeneration, 

thawing, dough fermentation, misting. 






Settings menu with clear text display. 


Electronic temperature control. 




Features 


shut off. 

Automatic boiling point detection. 

Capacity display for filter cartridge (if 

connected to WF 040 020 Brita 

descaling system). 


Hygienic stainless steel interior. 



angle. 

Safety 

Steam removal. 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 

Cleaning programme. 

Drying programme. 






At no point may the outlet hose be 

positioned higher than the bottom 

edge of the appliance. The outlet hose 

must also be at least 100 mm lower 

than the appliance outlet (see drawing 

“drain connection”). 

The outlet hose must not be longer 

than a maximum of 5 m. 

The water connection (1) for the inlet 

hose must always be accessible and 

not located directly behind the 

appliance. 

The connection of the outlet hose to 

the siphon (2) must not be directly 

behind the appliance and should be 

accessible. 

The descaling system WF 040 020 (3) 

must be installed when connecting the 

appliance if the water hardness 

exceeds 7° dH. 










angle. 


depth, the water hoses and connecting 

cable needs to follow the slanted edge 

on the lower left hand corner of the 

housing and then be led down and up, 

respectively. 



Connection 



Only cold water connection. 

Supply hose 3.0 m with 3/4 “ 

connection. 

Outlet hose (ø 25 mm) 3.0 m 

(HT-Hose). 


Combi-steam ovens 39


Right-hinged 

BS 270 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 270 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 270 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 271 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 271 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 271 130 


Width 60 cm 

Controls at the top 

Right-hinged 

BS 274 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 274 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 274 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 275 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 275 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 275 130 


Width 60 cm 


1 Gastronorm insert, stainless steel, 

GN 2/3 unperforated 


GN 2/3 perforated 

1 wire rack 

1 outlet hose (3 m long) 

1 water inlet hose (3 m long) 



GZ 010 011 


Extends the water inlet and outlet. 

WF 040 020 

Descaling and neutralising filter 

WF 040 021 





BS 270/BS 271/BS 274/BS 275 

– Fixed connection for water inlet and 

outlet 



30%, 60%, 80% or 100%, freely 

combinable 



30 °C to 230 °C 








thawing, dough fermentation, misting. 






Settings menu with clear text display. 






Features 


shut off. 


Capacity display for filter cartridge (if 

connected to WF 040 020 Brita 

descaling system). 





angle. 

Safety 

Steam removal. 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 








At no point may the outlet hose be 

positioned higher than the bottom 

edge of the appliance. The outlet hose 

must also be at least 100 mm lower 

than the appliance outlet (see drawing 

“drain connection”). 

The outlet hose must not be longer 

than a maximum of 5 m. 

The water connection (1) for the inlet 

hose must always be accessible and 

not located directly behind the 

appliance. 

The connection of the outlet hose to 

the siphon (2) must not be directly 

behind the appliance and should be 

accessible. 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 124 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 124 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 340 230 



GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


GR 220 046 



The descaling system WF 040 020 (3) 

must be installed when connecting the 

appliance if the water hardness 

exceeds 7° dH. 










angle. 


depth, the water hoses and connecting 

cable needs to follow the slanted edge 

on the lower left hand corner of the 

housing and then be led down and up, 

respectively. 



Connection 



Only cold water connection. 

Supply hose 3.0 m with 3/4“ 

connection. 

Outlet hose (ø 25 mm) 3.0 m 

(HT-Hose). 


Combi-steam ovens 41


Right-hinged 

BS 250 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 250 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 250 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 251 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 251 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 251 130 


Width 60 cm 


Right-hinged 

BS 254 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 254 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 254 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 255 100 


Width 60 cm 

BS 255 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 255 130 


Width 60 cm 






1 wire rack 



GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 124 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 124 230 


GN 2/3 




BS 250/BS 251/BS 254/BS 255 

– Water tank 



30%, 60%, 80% or 100%, freely 

combinable 



30 °C to 230 °C 








thawing, dough fermentation. 










Features 


shut off. 


Removable 1.3 litre water tank. 

Water level warning. 





angle. 

Safety 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 



Descaling programme. 















angle. 




left hand corner of the housing and 

then be led down and up, respectively. 



Connection 




GN 340 230 



GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


GR 220 046 


Without opening, with feet.


Right-hinged 

BS 220 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 220 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 221 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 221 130 


Width 60 cm 


Right-hinged 

BS 224 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 224 130 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BS 225 110 


Width 60 cm 

BS 225 130 


Width 60 cm 




1 Gastronorm insert, stainless steeel, 


1 wire rack 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 124 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 124 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 340 230 



GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


GR 220 046 



Steam oven 200 Series 

BS 220/BS 221/BS 224/BS 225 

– Water tank 

– Steaming without pressure with 

100% humidity from 

30 °C to 100 °C 

– Electronic temperature control 



Low temperature steaming, 

regeneration, thawing, dough 

fermentation. 







Features 



Water level warning. 





angle. 

Safety 

Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


protection. 

Cleaning 


Descaling programme. 












Plan a gap of at least 5 mm between 

the appliance and adjacent cabinets. 



angle. 




left hand corner of the housing and 

then be led down and up, respectively. 



Connection 



Steam ovens 43

Accessories and special accessories for the combi-steam ovens 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 124 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 124 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 340 230 

Gastronorm roaster in cast aluminium 

GN 2/3, height 165 mm, non-stick. 

For roasting in oven with roasting 

function or on induction cooktop. 

Lower and upper part can also be used 

separately as casserole or pan, height 

100 and 65 mm. 

For ovens with pull-out system 

BA 016 103 (order heating element 

separately) and combi-steam and 

steam ovens. 

For induction cooktop with ø 28 cm 

cooking zone. 

GN 410 130 

Gastronorm lid, stainless steel, 

GN 1/3 

For stainless steel gastronorm inserts. 

GN 410 230 

Gastronorm lid, stainless steel, 

GN 2/3 


GR 220 046 



WF 040 020 

Brita descaling system 

For first installation. 

Descaling system, must be installed 

when connecting the appliance if water 

hardness exceeds 7 °dH or carbon 

hardness 5 °dH. 

Filter head with integrated non-return 

valve and filter. 

WF 040 021 




GZ 010 011 


Extends the water inlet and outlet.


Accessories and special accessories for the combi-steam ovens 



BS 280/BS 281 

Special accessories Combi-steam oven 

GN 340 230 Gastronorm roaster in cast aluminium GN ²/₃, height 165 mm, non-stick. ∘ 

For roasting in oven with roasting function or on the induction cooktop. The top and bottom 

Lower and upper part can also be used seperately as casserole or pan, height 100 and 65 mm. 

For ovens with pull-out system BA 016 103 (order heating element seperately) and combi-steam and steam ovens. 

For inducation cooktop with ø 28 cm cooking zone (see also page 276). 


GR 220 046 no opening, no feet •/∘ 

Gastronorm insert, stainless steel 

GN 114 130 GN ¹/₃, unperforated, 40 mm deep, 1,5 l ∘ 

GN 114 230 GN ²/₃, unperforated, 40 mm deep, 3 l •/∘ 

GN 124 130 GN ¹/₃, perforated, 40 mm deep, 1,5 l ∘ 

GN 124 230 GN ²/₃, perforated, 40 mm deep, 3 l •/∘ 

GN 410 130 Gastronorm lid for insert, GN ¹/₃ stainless steel ∘ 

GN 410 230 Gastronorm lid for insert, GN ²/₃ stainless steel ∘ 

Water connection 

WF 040 020 Descaling and neutralising fi lter, fi rst installation ∘ 

WF 040 021 Filter cartridges for WF 040, set of 3 ∘ 

GZ 010 011 Extension for water inlet and outlet hose ∘ 

• Standard. ∘ Special accessory.

BS 270/BS 271 BS 250/BS 251 BS 220/BS 221 

BS 274/BS 275 BS 254/BS 255 BS 224/BS 225 

Combi-steam oven Combi-steam oven Steam oven 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

•/∘ •/∘ •/∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

•/∘ •/∘ •/∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

•/∘ •/∘ •/∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

∘ ∘ ∘ 

∘ 

∘ 

∘ 


200 series Combi-steam ovens and steam ovens. 

Appliance type Combi-steam oven Combi-steam oven Combi-steam oven 


Side-opening door right-hinged / left-hinged BS 280/BS 281 BS 270/BS 271 BS 274/BS 275 

Stainless steel-backed full glass door, panoramic view BS 280/281 110 BS 270/271 110 BS 274/275 110 

Aluminium-backed full glass door, panoramic view BS 280/281 130 BS 270/271 130 BS 274/275 130 

Anthracite front behind full glass door BS 270/271 100 BS 274/275 100 

Stainless steel-coloured front behind full glass door 

Aluminium-coloured front behind full glass door 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 76 60 60 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D² (mm) 752 x 455 x 535 590 x 455 x 535 590 x 455 x 535 




Net volume (l) 44 44 44 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (cm) 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 

Appliance size small / medium / large –/•/– –/•/– –/•/– 

Energy effi ciency class with convection A A A 

Energy consumption with convection (kWh) 0.68 0.68 0.68 

Cooking time with standard load (min) 39.8 39.8 39.8 



Steaming • • • 

Hot air with humidity levels, freely combinable (%) 30; 60; 80; 100 30; 60; 80; 100 30; 60; 80; 100 

Hot air circulation • • • 

Refreshing • • • 

Dough fermentation • • • 

Thawing • • • 

Low-temperature steaming, precise temperature / knob control •/– •/– •/– 


Electronic temperature control / LCD-function display with digital clock •/• •/• •/• 

Cooking time, switch-off time, short-term timer, stop watch • • • 

Long-term timer • • • 

Actual temperature display • • • 

Core temperature probe • • • 

Basic settings menu / clear text display •/• •/• •/• 

Memory recipes (No.) 6 6 6 

Rack levels / stainless steel cooking interior (No.) 4/• 4/• 4/• 

Steam removal / water outlet •/• •/• •/• 

Capacity display for fi lter cartridge • • • 

Misting • • • 

Water tank capacity / water level warning (l) 

Electronic boiling point detection • • • 

Halogen light, side (W) 60 60 60 

Thermally insulated door with multiple glazing 2-fold 2-fold 2-fold 

Child lock / Safety lock •/• •/• •/• 

Cooled housing with temperature protection • • • 

Size of largest baking tray (cm²) 810 810 810 

Wire rack 1 1 1 

Gastronorm cooking inserts, stainless steel, perforated / unperforated, 40 mm (²/₃ GN) 1/1 1/1 1/1 

Gastronorm cooking inserts, stainless steel, perforated / unperforated, 40 mm (¹/₃ GN) GN 114/124 130¹ GN 114/124 130¹ GN 114/124 130¹ 

Gastronorm roaster, non-stick coating, 100 + 65 mm (²/₃ GN) GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ 

Cleaning 

Cleaning programme / Drying programme •/• •/• •/• 

Descaling programme 

Grease fi lter in front of hot-air fan • • • 

Connection 


Water connection inlet / outlet •/• •/• •/• 


¹ Accessories, see pages 44–47. ² Appliance depth: the immersion depth of the appliance in the niche. 

48 Combi-steam ovens/Steam ovens

Combi-steam oven Combi-steam oven Steam oven Steam oven 


BS 250/BS 251 BS 254/BS 255 BS 220/BS 221 BS 224/BS 225 

BS 250/251 110 BS 254/255 110 

BS 250/251 130 BS 254/255 130 

BS 250/251 100 BS 254/255 100 

BS 220/221 110 BS 224/225 110 

BS 220/221 130 BS 224/225 130 

60 60 60 60 

590 x 455 x 535 590 x 455 x 535 590 x 455 x 535 590 x 455 x 535 

47 47 47 47 

560 x 450 x 550 560 x 450 x 550 560 x 450 x 550 560 x 450 x 550 

43 43 43 43 

30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 30.5 x 24.5 x 49.4 

–/•/– –/•/– –/•/– –/•/– 

A A 

0.60 0.60 

37.2 37.2 

30 – 230 30 – 230 30 – 100 30 – 100 

• • • • 

30; 60; 80; 100 30; 60; 80; 100 

• • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

• • • • 

•/– •/– •/• •/• 

•/• •/• •/• •/• 

• • • • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

•/– •/– •/– •/– 

4/• 4/• 4/• 4/• 

1.3/• 1.3/• 1.3/• 1.3/• 

• • • • 

60 60 60 60 

2-fold 2-fold 2-fold 2-fold 

•/• •/• •/• •/• 

• • • • 

810 810 810 810 

1 1 1 1 

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 

GN 114/124 130¹ GN 114/124 130¹ GN 114/124 130¹ GN 114/124 130¹ 

GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ GN 340 230¹ 

•/• •/• •/– •/– 

• • • • 

• • 

1.95 1.95 1.90 1.90 


Combi-microwave ovens / microwave ovens. 

Combi-microwave ovens 200 series. 52–53 

Microwave ovens 200 series. 54–55 



51 

Microwaves


Right-hinged 

BM 270 100* 


Width 60 cm 

BM 270 110* 


Width 60 cm 

BM 270 130* 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BM 271 100* 


Width 60 cm 

BM 271 110* 


Width 60 cm 

BM 271 130* 


Width 60 cm 


Right-hinged 

BM 274 100* 


Width 60 cm 

BM 274 110* 


Width 60 cm 

BM 274 130* 


Width 60 cm 

Left-hinged 

BM 275 100* 


Width 60 cm 

BM 275 110* 


Width 60 cm 

BM 275 130* 


Width 60 cm 


1 combination rack 

1 enamel baking tray 

* Available 4. quarter 2010 

52 Combi-microwave ovens 

Combi-microwave oven 200 series 

BM 270/BM 271/BM 274/BM 275 

– Combinability with other appliances 

of the oven 200 series in the 45 cm 

high niche 

– Single operation and combination 

of microwave, grill and oven 

– Sequential operation of up to 

3 modes 

– Interior volume 36 litres 

– 15 automatic programmes 



Clear text display in 16 languages. 







Information key with use indicators. 

Programmes 

Microwave operation with 5 output 

levels: 1000, 600, 360, 180, 90 W. 

Full surface grill with 3 levels of 

intensity, maximum output 2000 W. 

Oven operation with 3 heating 

methods: 

Hot air 40 °C and from 

100 °C to 250 °C, 

grilling with hot air from 

100 °C to 250 °C, 

grilling with circulated air from 

100 °C to 250 °C. 

Heating methods with microwave 

output levels 600, 360, 180 and 90 W 

freely combinable. 

15 automatic programmes with 

cook-by-weight with settings: 

4 defrosting programmes 

5 cooking programmes 

6 combination programmes 

Features 

Innowave. 

Rapid heating. 




angle. 

Safety 

Triple door lock. 

Child lock. 

Safety shut-off. 


protection. 

Cleaning 

Stainless steel interior with ceramic 

base. 

Interior back wall with catalytic special 

enamelling. 




Plan the niche without back wall. 











angle. 



Connection 


Connecting cable 1.5 m without plug.

Combi-microwave ovens 53

Right-hinged 

BM 220 110 


BM 220 130 


Left-hinged 

BM 221 110 


BM 221 130 



1 glass tray 

1 wire track 


BA 266 210 

Built-in frame for 38 cm niche height, 

stainless steel microwave 

For use in a tall unit. 

BA 266 212 




BA 266 230 


aluminium microwave 


BA 266 232 




54 Microwave ovens 

Microwave oven 200 series 

BM 220/BM 221 

– Fits above the oven with built-in 

frame, matching BO 220/210 

– 5 output levels: 900, 600, 360, 180, 

90 W 

– Quartz grill 1300 W on 3 output 

levels 

– 10 cook-by-weight settings: 

3 defrosting programmes 

4 cooking programmes 

3 combination programmes 



Adjustable cooking time up to 

99 minutes. 

Operation with rotary knobs, sensor as 

well as direct access keys. 

Programmes 

Grill in combination with microwave on 

3 output levels (90,180, 360 W). 

Up to 3 microwave output levels 

programmable in succession. 

Features 

Innowave. 

Memory function. 

Stainless steel interior with ceramic 

base. 

Interior volume 21 litres. 


W 350 x H 220 x D 270 mm. 

25 W interior light. 

Side-opening door with panoramic 

window opens up to 90 ° angle. 

Safety 

Triple door lock. 



Minimum installation height 85 cm. 

Height-adjustable feet. 

Plan an intermediate shelf of at least 

19 mm. 

When using BA 266 2.., the facade of 

the appliance extends 47 mm from the 

furniture. 

Connection 



Microwave ovens 55


for microwaves of the 200 series. 

BA 266 210 




BA 266 212 




BA 266 230 




BA 266 232 




56 Microwave

Microwave 57

Combi-microwave ovens and microwave ovens 200 series. 

Appliance type Combi-microwave oven 

Series 200 series 

Side-opening door right-hinged / left-hinged BM 270/BM 271³ 

Stainless steel-backed full glass door BM 270/271 110³ 

Aluminium-backed full glass door BM 270/271 130³ 

Anthracite full glass door BM 270/271 100³ 




Aluminium 

Preis 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 60 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D¹ (mm) 592 x 455 x 533 

Façade extension from cavity (mm) 47 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (mm) 560 x 450 x 550 

Volume 

Capacity (l) 36 

Interior dimensions W x H x D (mm) 445 x 242 x 350 


Maximum microwave output (W) 1.000 

Microwave output levels (No.) 5 

Infrared grill / Quartz grill –/• 

Maximum grill output (W) 2.000 

Grill output levels (No.) 3 

Hot air output (W) 1.950 

Maximum microwave output for combination with heating modes or grill (W) 600 

Features 

Electronic temperature control / LCD-function display with digital clock •/• 

Clear text display (No.of languages) 16 

Basic settings menu • 

Cooking time, switch-off time, short-term timer, stop watch •/•/•/• 

Long-term timer • 

Memory functions – 

Actual temperature display • 

Innowave • 

Sequential operation of up to 3 modes / microwave output levels • 

Automatic weight feature (No.) 15 

Rack levels (No.) 4 

Interior lighting, side (W) 60 

Thermally insulated door with multiple glazing • 

Child lock / Safety lock •/• 

Cooled housing with temperature protection • 

Triple door lock • 

Universal pan, metal / glass –/• 

Wire racks (No.) 1 

Cleaning 

Catalytic special enamelling at interior back wall • 

Stainless steel interior with ceramic base. • 


Frame for mounting in the upper cabinet 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 3,1 


¹ Appliance depth: the immersion depth of the appliance in the niche. ² Special accessory. 

³ Available 4. quarter 2010. 

58 Combi-microwave ovens/Microwave ovens

Combi-microwave oven Microwave 

200 series 200 series 

BM 274/BM 275³ BM 220/BM 221 

BM 274/275 110³ 

BM 274/275 130³ 

BM 274/275 100³ BM 220/221 100 

BM 220/221 110 

BM 220/221 130 

60 60 

592 x 455 x 533 590 x 382 x 319 

590 x 382 x 273 

(with BA 266 2.0²) 

590 x 455 x 273 

(with BA 266 2.2²) 

47 19 

47 (with BA²) 

560 x 450 x 550 560 x 362 x 320 

560 x 377 x 300 

(with BA 266 2.0¹) 

560 x 450 x 320 

(with BA 266 2.2¹) 

36 21 

445 x 242 x 350 350 x 220 x 270 

1.000 900 

5 5 

–/• –/• 

2.000 1300 

3 3 

1.950 – 

600 360 

•/• •/• 

16 – 

• • 

•/•/•/• •/–/–/– 

• – 

– • 

• – 

• • 

• • 

15 10 

4 – 

60 25 

• • 

•/• –/• 

• • 

• • 

–/• •/– 

1 2 

• – 

• • 

3,1 1,99 

BA 266 2.0/2.2² 

Combi-microwave ovens/Microwave ovens 59

Fully automatic espresso machines. 

Fully automatic espresso machines 200 series. 62 

Technical specifications. 63 

61 

Espresso machines

CM 250 100* 

Anthracite coloured glass frontage 

Width 60 cm 

CM 250 110* 


Width 60 cm 

CM 250 130* 

Alu-backed glass frontage 

Width 60 cm 


1 water filter cartridge 

1 cleaning tablet 

1 descaling tablet 

1 measuring spoon 

1 assembly screws 

1 milk container 


62 Espresso machine 

Fully automatic espresso machine 

200 series 

CM 250 

– Combinability with other appliances 

of the oven 200 series in the 45 cm 

high niche 

– Continuous flow heater means no 

waiting time and constant brewing 

temperature 

– Aroma brewing technology for a full 

aroma 

– Single portion cleaning 

– One-touch operation 

– Personalisation function 

– LED lighting 

Programmes 

Espresso / 2 x Espresso. 

Coffee / 2 x Coffee. 

White coffee. 

Latte macchiato. 

Cappuccino. 

Milk froth. 

Warm milk. 

Hot water. 


LCD function display. 

Clear text display in 15 languages. 


Personalisation function, up to 

6 beverages can be personalised and 

memorised. 

3 cup size settings. 

5 coffee strength levels from mild to 

extra strong. 

3 coffee and hot water temperature 

levels. 

4 grinding level settings. 

Height-adjustable coffee dispenser up 

to 15 cm. 

Automatic slide-out function at the 

push of a button. 

Features 

Grinding unit with ceramic discs. 

Separate container for second ground 

coffee type. 

Water pump with 19 bar pressure. 

Continuous flow heater. 

Aroma brewing technology. 

Double shot function for strong 

beverages. 

Double grinding and brewing cycles 

for two beverages. 

Dispenser with integrated milk system. 

Insulated milk container for up to 

0.7 litres. 

Integrated lighting with 3 LEDs. 

Bean container for up to 1 kg. 


Electronic fill level control for water 

and coffee beans. 

Electronic water filter exchange 

indicator. 

Electronic fill level control for drip tray 

and container for coffee dregs. 


Safety 

Child lock. 


Cleaning 

Single portion cleaning after every cup. 

Fully automatic rinse programme when 

machine is turned on/off. 

Automatic quick rinsing of milk system. 

Automatic cleaning and descaling 

programme. 

Removable brewing unit. 

Coffee dregs container and drip tray 

dishwasher-safe. 

Milk frother dishwasher-safe. 


Ideal installation height 950 mm. 

When installing in a corner a side 

clearance of 200 mm is required. 



The cabinet must not have a rear panel 

behind the appliance. 

Mount directly above WS 261/221 in 

59 cm standard niche. 


(order as spare parts): 

Part No. 467873 Water-filter cartridge 

Part No. 311138 Descaling agent 

Part No. 310575 Cleaning tablets 

Connection 



Fully automatic espresso machine. 

Appliance type Fully automatic espresso machine 

Series 200 series 

Stainless steel-backed glass frontage CM 250 110² 

Aluminium-backed glass frontage CM 250 130² 

Anthracite glass frontage CM 250 100² 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 60 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D¹ (mm) 590 x 455 x 515 

Façade extension from cavity (mm) 47 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (mm) 560 x 450 x 550 

Programms 

Beverages Espresso / 2 x espresso 

Coff ee / 2 x coff ee 

White coff ee, latte macchiato, cappuccino 

Milk froth 

Warm milk 

Hot water 

Individual beverages (No.) 6 

Adjustable options 

- Cup sizes (No.) 3 

- Temperature levels (No.) 3 

- Coff ee strength levels (No.) 5 


LCD function display • 

Clear text display (No. of languages) 15 

Basic settings menu • 

Programmable functions 

- Water hardness (No. of levels) 4 

- Water fi lter • 

- Switch-off after (h) 1 – 12 

- Lighting scenarios (No.) 7 

- Variable beverage size • 

Features 

Grinding unit with ceramic discs • 

Continuous fl ow heater • 

Pump pressure (bar) 19 

Aroma brewing technology • 

Integrated milk system • 

Insulated milk container (l) 0.7 

Bean container (g) 1000 

Separate container for second ground coff ee type • 

Grinding level control (No. of levels) 4 

Volume of adjustable brewing chamber (g) 8 to 10 

Double shot function • 

Removable water tank (l) 2.5 

Water fi lter cartridge for water tank 1 

Single portion cleaning • 

Height adjustable coff ee dispenser (cm) 15 

Integrated LED lighting • 

Child lock • 

Electronic water fi lter exchange indicator • 

Electronic fi ll level control for coff ee beans and water • 

Electronic fi ll level control for drip tray and coff ee dregs container • 

Cleaning 

Fully automatic rinse programme when switching on/off • 

Automatic quick rinsing of milk system • 

Automatic cleaning and descaling programme • 

Automatic cleaning programme • 

Automatic descaling programme • 

Removable brewing unit • 

Coff ee dregs container and drip tray removable and dishwasher-safe • 

Milk frother removable and dishwasher-safe • 


Part No. Water fi lter cartridge 467873 

Part No. Descaling agent 311138 

Part No. Cleaning tablets 310575 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 1,7 

Electrical supply cord (cm) 150 

• Standard. ¹ Appliance depth: the immersion depth of the appliance in the niche. 

² Available 4. quarter 2010. 

Espresso machine 63

Vario cooktops. 

Vario cooktops 400 series. 66–77 

Cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 400 series. 78–79 

Vario cooktops 200 series. 80–90 

Cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 200 series. 91 



65 

Vario cooktops

VI 411 111 

Stainless steel frame 

Width 38 cm 


SH 400 000 

Hinge holder for fitting the appliance 

cover 

VV 400 000 

Connection strip for combination with 

further Vario cooktops 

Not when using downdraft ventilation 

VL430/431. 


VD 400 000 

Stainless steel appliance cover 

VZ 400 000 

Vario timer module 400 series 

2 timers, integrated in the connecting 

strip 

WP 400 001 

Wok pan made of multiple-layer 

material 

With round bottom and handle, 

ø 36 cm, 6 litres, height 10 cm. 

WZ 400 001 

Wok attachment for wok pan 

Only for VI 411. 

66 Vario cooktops 

Vario induction wok 400 series 

VI 411 

– 28 cm cooking zone with 3600 W 

– Ideal for the original wok pan with 

round bottom, with wok ring 

Cooking zones 

1 induction wok zone18 cm (1800 W, 

with booster, 2500 W), which 

automatically expands to ø 28 cm 

(3600 W, without booster option). 


Control knobs with illuminated ring, 

cooking zone and output level 

markings. 

Electronic control in 12 output levels. 

Features 

Cooking zone marking. 

Booster function for the cooking zone 

ø 18 cm. 

Pot detection (it also automatically 

switches on the outer cooking zone). 

Safety 


Safety lock. 


Operates with magnetic (induction) 

iron pots and pans only. For an optimal 

heat distribution, the use of sandwich 

bottom cookware is recommended. 

Immersion depth 50.2 mm. 

Panel thickness 16 – 26 mm. 

The drawing “Installation of the control 

knob” must be observed if the panel is 

more than 26 mm thick (there must be 

a recess at the rear). 

Appliance can be snapped into the 

worktop from above. 

Cooktop clamping range: 30 – 50 mm. 

Connection 



VI 421 110 


Width 38 cm 


SH 400 000 


cover 

VV 400 000 




VL430/431. 


VD 400 000 


VZ 400 000 



strip 

Vario induction cooktop 400 series 

VI 421 

– Total output 3600 W 

– 2 cooking zones with booster 

function 

Cooking zones 

1 induction cooking zone ø 21 cm 

(2200 W, with booster 3300 W). 






markings. 


Features 


Booster function for both cooking 

zones (only separate operation with 

booster function). 

Pot detection. 

Safety 

Individual residual heat indicators. 

Safety lock. 






Immersion depth 50.2 mm. 









Connection 


Connecting cable 1.5 m without plug. 

Vario cooktops 67

VG 441 110F 


Width 38 cm 

Liquid gas 28 - 37 mbar 

Wok burner with 5 KW 

VG 441 210 


Width 38 cm 

Natural gas 20 mbar 



VV 400 000 

Connection strip for combination 

with further Vario cooktops 


VL 430/431. 


VD 400 000 


WP 400 001 


material 




Vario gas wok 400 series 

VG 441 

– Full electronic gas valves for 

precise and reproducible power 

adjustments 

– Three-ring burner up to 6 kW 

– Automatic fast ignition, electronic 

flame monitoring with automatic 

re-ignition 

– Simmer function for cooking on a 

very low output level 

Cooking zones 

VG 441 110F 

1 three-ring wok burner 

(300 – 5000 W), suitable for pots 

up to max. ø 32 cm. 

VG 441 210 







markings. 

One-handed operation. 

Full electronic control in 12 output 

levels for exact power level adjustment 

plus simmer function. 

Features 

Simmer function (150 W). 

Cast pan support with flat, 

continuous pot surface. 

Brass burner rings. 

Safety 

Electronic flame monitoring with 

automatic re-ignition. 

Automatic fast ignition. 




The drawing „Installation of the control 

knob“ must be observed if the panel is 



Cooktop clamping range: 30 - 50 mm. 

Special nozzles can be ordered as 

spare parts. 

Plan for an electrical connection 

(the appliance is not operable without 

power supply). 

Control knobs can be integrated in the 

bottom cabinet at drawer level. 

Air intake from above. 

No intermediate shelf required. 

Rear panel and wall trims must be 

heat-resistant and consist of a nonflammable 

material. 

A minimum lateral clearance of at least 

100 mm from adjacent heat-sensitive 

furniture or contact surfaces must be 

observed or thermal insulation fitted. 

If a cover is fitted, the pan support 

must be removed when closing it. 

The operation of VG 441 next to the 

downdraft ventilation VL 431/430 is 

not permitted. 

An air extraction hood is necessary 

when installing several Vario gas 

cooktops with an overall output of 

more than 11 kW. 

When using recirculation a gas 

security check of the room size by a 

gas expert is needed. 

Connection 

Total connected load gas 5.0/6.0 kW. 

Total connected load electric 15.0 W. 


VG 442 110F 


Width 38 cm 

Liquid gas 28 - 37 mbar 

VG 442 210 


Width 38 cm 



1 stainless steel cover 


VV 400 000 

Connection strip for combination 

with further Vario cooktops 


VL 430/431. 


LS 330 000 

Air baffle for combination with 

VL 431/430 

Vario gas cooktop 400 series 

VG 442 

– 2 two-ring burners, up to 4 kW 

– Full electronic gas valves for 

precise and reproducible power 

adjustments 


flame monitoring with automatic 

re-ignition 

– Simmer function for cooking on a 

very low output level 

Cooking zones 

1 high output burner 

(165 W - 4000 W), suitable for pots 


1 standard output burner 

(165 W - 2000 W), suitable for pots 





markings. 


Full electronic control in 12 output 

levels for exact power level adjustment 

plus simmer function. 

Features 

Simmer function (80 W). 

Cast pan support with flat, 



Safety 







The drawing „Installation of the control 

knob“ must be observed if the panel is 



Cooktop clamping range: 30 - 50 mm. 


spare parts. 

Plan for an electrical connection 

(the appliance is not operable without 



bottom cabinet at drawer level. 




heat-resistant and consist of a nonflammable 

material. 












Connection 

Total connected load gas 6.0 kW. 



Vario cooktops 69

VG 411 110F 


Width 38 cm 

Liquid gas 28 – 37 mbar 

VG 411 210 


Width 38 cm 



SV 401 090 

Spindle extensions up to 140 mm 

SV 401 205 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 


VD 400 000 


WP 400 001 


material 





VG 411 

– Three-ring burner with 5000 W 


flame monitoring 

Cooking zones 





Control knobs with cooking zone and 

output level markings. 


All-gas valve with fine control. 

Features 

Cast pan support with flat, continuous 

pot surface. 


Safety 












spare parts. 

Plan for an electrical connection (the 

appliance is not operable without 


Control knobs can be integrated 

in the bottom cabinet at drawer level. 




heat-resistant and consist of a 

non-flammable material. 





If a cover is fitted, the pan support 

must be removed when closing it. 

The operation of VG 411 next to the 

downdraft ventilation VL 431/430 is not 

permitted. 








Connection 




VG 421 110F 


Width 38 cm 


VG 421 210 


Width 38 cm 





SV 402 090 


SV 402 205 


VV 400 000 




VL430/431. 


LS 330 000 


VL 430/431 


VG 421 

– 2 two-ring burners, up to 4000 W 



– Solid smooth-surface cast pan 

supports 

Cooking zones 

1 high output burner (165 – 4000 W), 

suitable for pots up to max. ø 28 cm. 


(165 – 2000 W), suitable for pots up to 

max. ø 28 cm. 





All-gas valve with fine control. 

Features 

Cast pan support with flat, continuous 

pot surface. 


Safety 












spare parts. 




Control knobs can be integrated 


















Connection 




Spindle extension options 

Vario cooktops 71

VC 421 110 


Width 38 cm 


VV 400 000 




VL430/431. 


BT 481 000 

Cast roaster made of aluminium 

casting 

Non-stick cover can also be used as 

fish or grill pan. 

For cooking zone 18 x 41.5 cm. 

VD 400 000 


VZ 400 000 



strip 


Vario glass ceramic cooktop 400 series 

VC 421 

– 2 cooking zones, convertable, up to 

4400 W 

– Large roasting zone for BT 481 

Cooking zones 

2 Super-Quick cooking zones ø 18 cm 

(1800 W); together they convert to 

18 x 41.5 cm (4400 W) roasting zone. 




markings. 


Features 


Safety 

Combination indication. 


Safety lock. 


Built-in control panel can be integrated 


Immersion depth 45 mm. 






A minimum clearance of at least 40 mm 

from the appliance edge to the wall or 

to adjacent furniture must be observed. 


Connection 



VC 422 110 


Width 38 cm 


VV 400 000 




VL430/431. 


VD 400 000 


VZ 400 000 



strip 


VC 422 

– 2 convertable cooking zones, total 

output 4400 W 

Cooking zones 

1 Super-Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm 

(1500 W), converts to ø 23 cm 

(2400 W) cooking zone. 

1 Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm 

(1100 W), converts to 14.5 x 24 cm 

(2000 W) roasting zone. 




markings. 


Features 


Safety 

Combination indication. 


Safety lock. 














Connection 



VF 411 110 


Width 38 cm 


1 deep frying basket 

1 stainless steel appliance cover 


VV 400 000 




VL430/431. 


FK 020 000 

Additional deep frying basket 

VZ 400 000 



strip 

Vario deep fryer 400 series 

VF 411 

– Three-zone basin, without flavour 

transfer 

– Exact temperature control, no drop 

in output 

– Integrated frying basket suspension 

Cooking zones 

Three-zone basin. 

Oil capacity 3.5 litres. 



oil/fat selection and temperature 

marking. 

Electronic temperature control from 

135 °C to 190 °C, in 5 °C steps. 

Features 

Cleaning setting. 

Gentle fat melting setting. 

Foaming zone. 

Frying zone. 

Cold oil zone. 

Swing-out heating element (3000 W). 

Safety 

Oil drain valve with child lock. 

Safety lock. 




Plan a door in the bottom cabinet for 

operation of the oil drain valve. 










VF 411 and VK 411 must not be 

installed directly next to each other. 

Connection 



Vario cooktops 73

VR 421 110 


Width 38 cm 


1 grill tongs 

1 cast iron roasting pan 

1 lava stones 

1 cleaning brush 

2 cast grills 

1 grease collecting insert 



VV 400 000 




VL430/431. 


AM 400 000 

Cast roaster 

LV 030 000 

Lava stones for refilling 

VZ 400 000 



strip 


Vario electric grill 400 series 

VR 421 

– 2 zones, separately controlled 

– Open cast grill, lava stones 

– Large cast roaster 




markings. 


Features 

Cooktop, lava stone trough and grease 

collecting insert from stainless steel. 

2 independently controlled grilling 

elements (1500 W). 

Two-part cast grill. 

Safety 

Safety lock. 












furniture or from the wall must be 

observed. 

Connection 



VP 421 111 


Width 38 cm 


2 spatula 


VV 400 000 




VL430/431. 


VD 400 000 


VZ 400 000 



strip 

Vario teppan yaki 400 series 

VP 421 

– Cooking directly on the hardchromed 

metal surface, without any 

pots or pans 

– Exact temperature control up to 

240 °C 

– Keeping warm setting 

Cooking zones 

Usable area W 31 x D 44 cm. 



cooking zone and temperature 

markings. 


120 °C to 240 °C. 

Features 

Keeping warm setting. 

2 independently controllable cooking 

zones with 1150 W each. 

Even with traces of use, always easy to 

clean like a cast pan. 

Safety 

Safety lock. 







The distance from the upper edge of 

the work surface to the upper edge of 

the intermediate shelf must be at least 

150 mm. 


Intermediate shelf required; after 

installation, this shelf must only be 

removed using tools to guarantee the 

touch protection from below. 





Connection 



VK 411 110 


Width 38 cm 


2 cooking inserts 

1 glass cover 

1 hand grip 

1 residuary filter 

1 water drain valve 


AG 050 000 

Drain installation set with check valve 

drain set (DN 40) and connecting 

AG 060 000 

Drain installation set enables drainage 

of cooking liquid into a suitable 

receptacle 

VV 400 000 




VL430/431. 


FK 023 000 

Pasta basket 

GE 020 010 

Unperforated cooking insert 

GE 020 020 

Perforated cooking insert 

VD 400 000 


VZ 400 000 



strip 

Vario steamer 400 series 

VK 411 

– Steaming in cooktop size 

– Exact water temperature control 

from 45 °C to 95 °C 

– Cooking on two levels, without 

flavour transfer 

Cooking zones 

Water capacity 1 to 6 litres. 



temperature markings and outlet water. 

Electronic water temperature control 

from 45 °C to 95 °C, in 5 °C steps. 

Features 

Steam cooking level with electronic 

steam control for pressureless 

cooking. 


Motor-driven 1/2“ water drain valve. 

Safety 

Safety lock. 










Seal the worktop cutout. 

VK 411 and VF 411 must not be 




furniture. 

In case of suspended cabinets a 

ventilation hood must be installed 

above the steamer. 

If a cover is fitted, the glass lid must be 

removed when closing it. 

Connection 



Vario cooktops 75

VZ 400 000 




VZ 400 

– 2 timers, integrated in the 

connecting strip 

– Timer function for 2 Vario cooktops 

next to each other 

– Short-term timer 


A maximum of 2 cooktops can be 

switched to one connecting strip, with 

one setting for each. 

The rear timer unit is connected to the 

cooktop on the right, and the front 

timer to the cooktop on the left. 

Features 

Timer-module, alternatively with 

automatic switch-off function or as 

short-term timer. 

Time setting range of each timer 

1-90 min. 


Only suitable for the installation 

between two Vario cooktops 

400 series. 

VZ 400 must be combined with at least 

one Vario electric appliance. 

Gas appliances cannot be controlled. 

To avoid any risk of burning when the 

grill is hot, it is recommended not to 

install the VZ 400 next to the Vario grill 

VR 421. 

VZ 400 must not be installed between 

2 VR 421 appliances. 

VZ 400 must not directly combined with 

the termination strip AL 400. 

Included: 

1 power cable (length approx. 2 m), 

2 connecting cables (length 1 m) to 

connect the timer unit to 2 Vario 

control panels (appliance on the right 

and on the left), 

1 cable (length 50 cm) to connect both 

timer units together. 

Plan a socket. 

Connection 

Total connected load 3.3 W. 

VL 431 107 


Control unit 

Air extraction/recirculation with remote 

fan unit AR 400/401/413 

VL 430 107 


Expansion element 


fan unit AR 400/401/413 

Vario downdraft ventilation 400 series 

VL 431/VL 430 

– Details see ventilation appliance 

(P. 152).

Vario cooktops 77

Cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 400 series 

The drawings below and on the following page show the cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 400 series. 

The technician can find the suitable cut-out dimensions for the combinations most frequently used by referring to the 

previous pages and the drawings below. 

Cut-out dimensions for the Vario 400 series 

380 Appliance 

– 20 Overhang 

360 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

Connecting srtip with timer) 

380 Appliance 

785 


765 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

380 Appliance 

1190 


1170 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

380 Appliance 

25 VV 400 oder VZ 400 

380 Appliance 

1595 


1575 Cut-out 


380 

10 10 

10 

10 

10 

360 

380 

380 

380 

25 

25 

25 

765 

380 

380 

1170 

380 

10 

25 

25 

1575 

380 

380 

10 

25 

380 

10

Cut-out dimensions for the Vario 400 series with downdraft 

380 Appliance 

83* VL 430, 431 

10 AL 400 

473 

– 20 Overhang (10 + 10) 

453 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

80 VL 430, 431 

380 Appliance 

840 


820 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

80 VL 430, 431 

380 Appliance 

80 VL 430, 431 

380 Appliance 

1300 


1280 Cut-out 

380 Appliance 

80 VL 430, 431 

380 Appliance 

80 VL 430, 431 

380 Appliance 

83* VL 430, 431 

10 AL 400 

1393 

– 20 Overhang (10 + 10) 

1373 Cut-out 

* screw heads on surround. 

Use separate cut-out with width of 

86 mm for VL installation. 

10 

10 

10 

10 

380 

380 

380 

380 

453 

80 

80 

80 

10 

83* 

820 

380 

380 

1280 

380 

1373 

10 

80 

380 

10 

10 

80 

380 

83* 

Vario cooktops 79

VI 270 114* 

Stainless steel control panel 

Width 70 cm 

VI 270 134* 

Aluminium control panel 

Width 70 cm 


VV 200 014 

Stainless steel connection strip for 

combination with further Vario 

cooktops 

VV 200 034 

Aluminium connection strip for 


cooktops 




VI 270 

– Can be combined with the 

cooktops of the Vario 200 series to 

a harmonic unity 

– Generous control panel for comfortable 

and secure operation 

Cooking zones 



2 induction cooking zones ø 18 cm 








Features 



Booster function for all cooking zones 

(two cooking zones - left and right - can 

be operated simultaneously with 


Safety 











Intermediate shelf is recommended. 

Appliance must be fixed from 

underneath. 

Connection 



VI 260 114* 


Width 60 cm 

VI 260 134* 


Width 60 cm 


VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 



VI 260 






Cooking zones 











Features 



Booster function for all cooking zones 

(two cooking zones - left and right - can 

be operated simultaneously with 


Safety 













underneath. 

Connection 



VG 264 114F* 


Width 60 cm 


VG 264 214* 


Width 60 cm 


VG 264 134F* 


Width 60 cm 


VG 264 234* 


Width 60 cm 



SH 260 000 


cover 

VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 


VD 201 014 

Brushed stainless steel appliance 

cover (order two covers) 

VD 201 034 

Shot-blasted aluminium appliance 

cover (order two covers) 



VG 264 







supports for an easy and secure 

operation 

– 9.4 KW on 4 burners 

Cooking zones 

2 high output burners (560 – 2800 W), 


2 standard burners (380 – 1900 W), 






Electric ignition. 

Gas valve with fine control. 

Features 

Two-part cast pan support with 


Enamelled burner cover. 

Safety 

Thermoelectric safety pilot. 



spare parts. 





Securing rail on the rear and the front. 












Special nozzles (order 2 of each): 

Part No. 433603 Natural gas 20 mbar 

Part No. 419831 Liquid gas 30 mbar 


Connection 




Vario cooktops 81

VE 270 114* 


Width 70 cm 


1 glass scraper 


VV 200 014 



cooktops 




VE 270 






Cooking zones 


(1100 W), converts to 14.5 x 24 cm 






(1800 W). 


(1200 W). 


Continuously variable energy controls. 

Features 


Safety 





Under the appliance, a 60 mm 

clearance must be observed from side 

panels or intermediate shelf must be 

planned. 

Installation in a 60 cm wide bottom 

cabinet is possible. 




Connection 



VE 260 114* 


Width 60 cm 

VE 260 134* 


Width 60 cm 




VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 



VE 260 






Cooking zones 


(1800 W). 

2 Super-Quick cooking zones 

ø 14.5 cm (1200 W). 



Features 


Safety 





Under the appliance, a 60 mm 


panels or intermediate shelf must be 

planned. 

Installation in a 60 cm wide bottom 





Connection 



VI 230 114* 


Width 28 cm 

VI 230 134* 


Width 28 cm 


SH 230 001 


cover 

VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 


VD 201 014 


cover 

VD 201 034 


cover 



VI 230 






Cooking zones 








Electronic power control in 9 output 

levels. 

Features 



Booster function for both cooking 

zones. 

Safety 










The wok pan WP 400 001 cannot be 

used with this appliance. 


underneath. 


Connection 



Vario cooktops 83

VG 231 114F* 


Width 28 cm 



VG 231 214* 


Width 28 cm 



VG 231 134F* 


Width 28 cm 



VG 231 234* 


Width 28 cm 




VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 


VD 201 014 


cover 

VD 201 034 


cover 

WP 400 001 


material 






VG 231 






– Three-ring burner of solid, 

heat-resistant brass as used in 

professional kitchen 

– Total output up to 6 KW 

Cooking zones 

VG 231 114F/134F 




VG 231 214/234 







To close the cover, the pan support 

can be easily reversed. 

Features 

Cast pan support. 


Safety 



Maximum drawer depth 42 cm. 



A minimum clearance of at least 













Part No. 174630 Bottled gas 

28-37 mbar 

Part No. 174632 Bottled gas 50 mbar 

Connection 

Total connected load gas 5.0/6.0 kW. 



VG 232 114F* 


Width 28 cm 


VG 232 214* 


Width 28 cm 


VG 232 134F* 


Width 28 cm 


VG 232 234* 


Width 28 cm 



VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 


VD 201 014 


cover 

VD 201 034 


cover 



VG 232 







supports for an easy and secure 

operation 

Cooking zones 









Features 

Cast pan support with continuous pot 

surface. 


Safety 



Maximum drawer depth 42 cm. 


















Connection 




Vario cooktops 85

VE 230 114* 


Width 28 cm 

VE 230 134* 


Width 28 cm 




SH 230 001 


cover 

VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 


VD 201 014 


cover 

VD 201 034 


cover 




VE 230 






Cooking zones 


(1200 W). 


(700 W), converts to ø 18 cm (1800 W) 

cooking zone. 



Features 


Safety 




Immersion depth 44 mm, depth at plug 

socket 65 mm. 



Connection 



VP 230 114* 


Width 28 cm 

VP 230 134* 


Width 28 cm 


2 spatula 


SH 230 001 


cover 

VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 


VD 201 014 


cover 

VD 201 034 


cover 


Vario Teppan Yaki 200 series 

VP 230 






– Cooking directly on the metal 

surface, without any pots or pans 

– Exact temperature control up to 

240 °C 

Cooking zones 

Useable area: W 22.5 x D 39.5 cm. 


Keeping warm setting. 


120 °C to 240 °C. 

Cleaning stage. 

Features 

Heating element with 1800 W. 

Stainless steel frame seamlessly 

welded with the stainless steel surface. 

Safety 

Pre-heat and residual heat indicator. 



The distance from the upper edge of 

the work surface to the upper edge of 

the intermediate shelf must be at least 

150 mm. 







Intermediate shelf required; after 

installation, this shelf must only be 

removed using tools to guarantee the 

touch protection from below. 

Connection 



VR 230 114* 


Width 28 cm 

VR 230 134* 


Width 28 cm 


1 grill tongs 

1 lava stones 

1 cleaning brush 

1 cast grill 

1 grease collecting insert 



VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 


AM 060 000 

Cast roaster 

LV 030 000 



Vario electric grill 200 series 

VR 230 






– 2 zones, separately controlled 

– Open cast grill, lava stones 


9 switching levels. 

Features 

2 separately controllable swing-out 

grilling elements (1500 W). 

Cast grill. 

Stainless steel lavastone container and 

grease collecting insert, dishwashersafe. 








Connection 



Vario cooktops 87

VK 230 114* 


Width 28 cm 

VK 230 134* 


Width 28 cm 


2 cooking inserts 

1 glass cover 

1 hand grip 

1 residuary filter 

1 water drain valve 


AG 050 000 



AG 060 000 



receptacle 

VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 


FK 023 000 

Pasta basket 

GE 020 010 


GE 020 020 


VD 201 014 


cover 

VD 201 034 


cover 



Vario steamer 200 series 

VK 230 






– Steaming in cooktop size 

– Exact water temperature control 

from 45 °C to 95 °C 

– Cooking on two levels, without 

flavour transfer 

Cooking zones 

Water capacity 1 to 6 litres. 


Function display. 

Electronic water temperature control 

from 45 °C to 95 °C, in 5 °C steps. 

Steam cooking level with electronic 

steam control for pressureless 

cooking. 

Features 


Motor-driven water drain valve 1/2”. 

Electronic short-term timer up to 

90 min. 

Special heating system. 

Safety 

Remaining time display. 

Child lock. 


Automatic shut off. 


Access to drain in bottom cabinet is 

required. 

Appliance is intended for fixed water 

outlet connection, but can be fitted 

without fixed connection by using the 

special accessory AG 060. 

Seal the worktop cutout. 







In case of suspended cabinets a 

ventilation hood must be installed 

above the steamer. 

If a cover is fitted, the glass lid must be 

removed when closing it. 

VK 230 and VF 230 must not be 


In combination with the downdraft 

ventilation VL 040/041, this must be 

planned on the left of VK. 

Connection 



VF 230 114* 


Width 28 cm 



1 deep frying basket 


VV 200 014 



cooktops 


FK 020 000 


VD 201 014 


cover 


Vario deep fryer 200 series 

VF 230 






– Three-zone basin, without flavour 

transfer 

– Exact temperature control, no drop 

in output 

– Integrated frying basket suspension 

Cooking zones 

Three-zone basin. 

Oil capacity 3.5 litres. 


Function display. 


135 °C to 190 °C, in 5 °C steps. 

Features 

Gentle fat melting setting. 

Foaming zone. 

Frying zone. 

Cold oil zone. 

Swing-out heating element (2300 W). 

Electronic short-term timer up to 

90 min. 

Safety 

Remaining time display. 

Electronic overheating protection. 

Child lock. 



Plan a door in the bottom cabinet for 

operation of the oil drain valve. 

VF 230 and VK 230 must not be 




Connection 



Vario cooktops 89

VL 041 114* 


Control unit 


fan unit AR 400/401/413 

VL 040 114* 




fan unit AR 400/401/413 

VL 041 134* 


Control unit 


fan unit AR 400/401/413 

VL 040 134* 




fan unit AR 400/401/413 


AD 724 040 

Connection piece for cylindrical duct 

DN 125 

AD 824 042 

Connection piece for flat duct system 

with conduction fins DN 125 flat 

rectangular 

AD 854 042 


with conduction fins DN 150 flat 

rectangular 

AS 070 000 

Connection piece for extension in the 

case of installation next to VK or VF 

LS 041 000 

Air baffle for VL 040/041 next to gas 

appliance 

VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 




VL 041/VL 040 

– Ventilation element integrated in 

the worktop 

– Highly efficient ventilation system at 

the cooktop 

– Compact ducting in connection 

with flat rectangular pipes AD 8.. 

– Minimal planning and easy 

installation for air recirculation 

Output 

Maximum air output in combination 

with remote fan units s. table remote 

fan units on page 190/191. 

Sound power level depends on the 

built-in situation. 

Features 

Output control, knob operation. 

4 output levels. 

Ventilation grille can be washed. 

Metal grease filter with grease 

collecting insert. 

No duct connection piece included. 


No additional switch necessary. 

Air extraction operation in combination 

with remote fan units AR 400/401 or 

recirculation mode with AR 413. 

Please refer to page 174/175 for 

recommended configurations of 

downdraft ventilations and remote fan 

units and the needed ducting 

elements. 

Maximum cooktop width between two 

VL: 60 cm (exception: CK 270). 

The air baffle LS 041 000 is mandatory 

for installation next to gas appliances 

to avoid hazard of fire by saturated 

grease filters. 

When having installed the air baffle 

LS 041 000 the wok pan WP 400 001 

can not be used. 

When installing a ventilation hood with 

air extraction mode or recirculation 

outlet in another area of room air (e.g. 

cellar) and a chimney-vented fireplace, 

the hood’s power supply line needs a 

suitable safety switch. 

Do not fit in drawer area. 

For maximum duct lengths use 

Gaggenau flat rectangular ducts AD 8 

or Naber-System Compair flow. Other 

flat ducts are not permitted! 

Duct connection downwards or 

sidewards: 

DN 125 cylindrical included. 

Optional DN 125/150 flat rectangular 

duct with connection piece 

AD 824/854 042 (installation 

accessory). 

Connection of 2 VL with ducting 

2x DN 125 cylindrical or 2x DN 125/150 

rectangular at remote fan AR 4.. . 

For leading through the floor DN 150 

cylindrical with connection of 2 DN 125 

cylindrical use Y-joint AD 754 044. 

Please ensure when installing the 

exhaust air ducting that no sharp 

bends are caused and that the 

cross-section of the ducting is not 

constricted in any way. 

For downdraft configurations with 

maximum lengths of exhaust air ducts 

go to Rodun at www.gaggenau.com. 

Connection 


Cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 200 series 

The drawings below show the cut-out dimensions for cooktop combinations of the 200 series. 

The technician can find the suitable cut-out dimensions for the combinations most frequently used by referring to the 

previous pages and the drawings below. 

Cut-out dimensions for the Vario 200 series Cut-out dimensions for the Vario 200 series with downdraft 

288 Appliances 


268 Cut-out 


5 VV 200 


581 


561 Cut-out 


5 VV 200 


5 VV 200 


874 


854 Cut-out 


5 VV 200 


5 VV 200 


5 VV 200 


1167 


1147 Cut-out 

288 

268 

5 

288 288 

561 

5 

288 288 

5 

288 288 

5 

5 

854 

288 

288 

5 

1147 

288 

288 VI, VF, ... 

5 VV 200 

85 VL 041 

378 

– 13,5 Overhang 

(10 + 3,5) 

364,5 Cut-out 

288 VI, VF, ... 

5 VV 200 

85 VL 041 

5 VV 200 

288 VI, VF, ... 

671 


(10 + 10) 

651 Cut-out 

(= ca 650) 

85 VL 041 

5 VV 200 

580 VI, VE, VG 26. 

5 VV 200 

85 VL 040 

760 


(3,5 + 3,5) 

753 Cut-out 

288 VI, VF, ... 

5 VV 200 

85 VL 041 

5 VV 200 

580 VI, VE, VG 26. 

963 


(10 + 10) 

943 Cut-out 

10 

288 

364,5 

288 

5 

85 

5 

85 

3,5 

10 10 

3,5 

5 

5 

651 

288 

85 85 

10 

288 

85 

580 

753 

5 5 

943 

5 

580 

3,5 

10 

Vario cooktops 91

Accessories and special accessories for Vario cooktops 

of the 400 and 200 series. 

AM 400 000 

Cast roaster 

For Vario electric grill 400 series 

BT 481 000 


casting 




LS 330 000 


VL 430/431 

SH 400 000 


cover 

SV 401 090 


SV 401 205 


SV 402 090 


SV 402 205 


VD 400 000 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 

WP 400 001 


material 



WZ 400 001 

Wok attachment for wok pan 

Only for VI 411. 


AM 060 000 

Cast roaster 

For Vario electric grill 200 series 

Tailored for use on the Vario grill - uniform 

heat supply over the entire area 

Roaster zone with two separately 

controllable heating areas - browning 

and keeping warm in the same 

receptacle 

The cast pan with plenty of space - for 

the really big steaks or mountains of 

crispy fried potatoes 

LS 041 000 


appliance 

SH 230 000 


cover 

SH 230 001 


cover 

SH 260 000 


cover 

VD 201 014 


cover 

VD 201 034 


cover 

VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops

AD 724 040 


DN 125 

AD 824 042 

Flat duct system with conducting fins 

Connection piece for DN 125 flat 

rectangular 

AD 854 042 


Connection piece for DN 150 flat 

rectangular 

AG 050 000 



AG 060 000 



receptacle 

AS 070 000 



FK 020 000 


GE 020 010 


GE 020 020 


FK 023 000 

Pasta basket 

For Series 400 and 200 Vario steam 

cookers 

Cookig without overcooking, dripping 

directly in the appliance 

LV 030 000 


Vario cooktops 93

Vario glass ceramic and 

induction cooktops. 

Appliance type Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop 


Width (cm) 38 38 38 

Stainless steel control panel with integrated knobs 

Aluminium control panel with integrated knobs 

Integrated control knobs 

Control knobs in furniture front VI 411 111 VI 421 110 VC 421 110 

Brushed stainless steel cooktop / frame –/• –/• –/• 

Shot blasted stainless steel cooktop / frame –/– –/– –/– 

Glass ceramic cooktop • • • 

Top–mounted • • • 

Cooktop fl ush in granite worktops 

Cast pan support fl ush in stainless steel worktops 

Welded into stainless steel worktops 

Cooking zones / combinations 

Number of cooking zones 1 2 2 

Super–Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1200 W) 

Super–Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 W) 

Super–Quick cooking zone ø 12 cm (700 W) / ø 18 cm (1800 W) 

Super–Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1000 W) / ø 21 cm (2200 W) 

Super–Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm (1500 W) / ø 23 cm (2400 W) 

Super–Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1100 W) / 

Roaster cooking zone 14.5 x 24 cm (2000 W) 

Super–Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 W) / 

together convertible to roasting zone 18 x 41.5 cm (4400 W) 2 

Induction cooking zone ø 15 cm (1400 / 1800 W) 1 

Induction cooking zone ø 21 cm (2200 / 3300 W) 1 

Induktion wok zone ø 18 cm (1800 / 2500 W) 

Induction wok zone ø 18 cm (1800 / 2500 W) / ø 28 cm (3600 W) 1 


Electronic output control • • • 

Pot detection • • 

Residual heat display • • • 

Automatic cooking time VZ 400 000¹,² VZ 400 000¹,² VZ 400 000¹,² 

Booster function: Number of cooking zones 1 (only ø 18 cm) 2 

Safety lock • • • 

Wok pan support WZ 400 001¹ 

Wok pan WP 400 001¹ 

Cast roaster for roaster zone 18 x 41.5 cm BT 481 000¹ 

Stainless steel appliance cover VD 400 000¹ VD 400 000¹ VD 400 000¹ 

Aluminium appliance cover – – – 

Connection 



¹ Special accessory. ² VZ 400 000 controls only one selected cooking zone. 


⁴ Available 2. quarter 2011. 

94 Vario cooktops

Glass ceramic 

cooktop 

New 

Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Glass ceramic 

cooktop 

Glass ceramic 

cooktop 

Induction cooktop Glass ceramic 

cooktop 

400 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

38 70 58 70 58 28.8 28.8 

VI 270 114⁴ VI 260 114³ VE 270 114³ VE 260 114³ VI 230 114³ VE 230 114³ 

VI 270 134⁴ VI 260 134³ VE 260 134³ VI 230 134³ VE 230 134³ 

VC 422 110 

–/• –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– 

–/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

2 4 4 4 4 2 2 

1 2 1 

1 2 

1 

1 

1 

1 1 

1 1 1 

1 1 1 

2 2 

• • • • 

• • • 

• • • • • • • 

VZ 400 000¹,² 

4 4 2 

• • • • 

VD 400 000¹ – – – – VD 201 014³ VD 201 014³ 

– – – – – VD 201 034³ VD 201 034³ 

4.4 7.2 7.2 7.2 6.0 3.6 3.0 

Vario cooktops 95

Vario gas cooktops. 

Appliance type Gas wok Gas wok Gas cooktop Gas cooktop 

Series 400 series 400 series 400 series 400 series 

Bottled gas 28–37 mbar • • 

Natural gas 20 mbar • • 

Width (cm) 38 38 38 38 




Control knobs in furniture front VG 441 110 VG 441 210 VG 442 110F VG 442 210 

Brushed stainless steel cooktop / frame •/• •/• •/• •/• 

Shot blasted stainless steel cooktop / frame –/– –/– –/– –/– 

Glass ceramic cooktop 

Top-mounted • • • • 




Cooking zones 

Number of cooking zones 1 1 2 2 

Three-ring wok burner (180 – 5600 W) 



Three-ring wok burner (300 – 5000 W) 1 

Three-ring wok burner (300 – 6000 W) 1 

Two-ring super–high output burner (165 – 4000 W) 1 1 

Two-ring standard output burner (165 – 2000 W) 1 1 

High-output burner (560 – 2800 W) 


Standard burner (380 – 1900 W) 


Electronic output control • • • • 

Simmerfunction • • • • 

Automatic fast ignition • • • • 

Electronic fl ame monitoring with automatic re–ignition • • • • 

Electric ignition 

Residual heat display • • • • 

Safety shut–off • • • • 

Cast pan support 1-part 1-part 1-part 1-part 

Stainless steel appliance cover VD 400 000¹,² VD 400 000¹,² • • 

Aluminium appliance cover – – – – 

Wok pan WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ 

Connection 

Total connected load gas (kW) 5.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 

Total connected load electric (W) 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 


¹ Special accessory. ² If a cover is fi tted, the pan supports must be removed when closing it. 


96 Vario cooktops

Gas wok Gas wok Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop 

400 series 400 series 400 series 400 series 400 series 400 series 

• • • 

• • • 

38 38 38 38 91.4 91.4 

VG 411 110F VG 411 210 VG 421 110F VG 421 210 KG 491 110F KG 491 210 

•/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• 

–/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– 

• • • • • • 

1 1 2 2 5 5 

1 1 1 

1 1 2 

1 

2 

1 1 2 2 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

1-part 1-part 1-part 1-part 3-part 3-part 

VD 400 000¹,² VD 400 000¹,² • • – – 

– – – – – – 

WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ 

5.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 17.0 18.0 

15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 

Vario cooktops 97

Vario gas cooktops. 

Appliance type Gas cooktop Gas cooktop 


Bottled gas 28-37 mbar • 

Natural gas 20 mbar • 

Width (cm) 58 58 

Stainless steel control panel with integrated knobs VG 264 114³ VG 264 214³ 

Aluminium control panel with integrated knobs VG 264 134³ VG 264 234³ 


Control knobs in furniture front 

Brushed stainless steel cooktop / frame •/– •/– 

Shot blasted stainless steel cooktop / frame –/• –/• 


Top-mounted • • 




Cooking zones 

Number of cooking zones 4 4 






Two-ring super-high output burner (165 – 4000 W) 

Two-ring standard output burner (165 – 2000 W) 

High-output burner (560 – 2800 W) 2 2 


Standard burner (380 – 1900 W) 2 2 


Electronic output control 

Automatic fast ignition 

Electronic fl ame monitoring with automatic re-ignition 

Electric ignition • • 

Residual heat display 

Safety shut-off 

Cast pan support 2-part 2-part 

Stainless steel appliance cover 2x VD 201 014¹,³ 2x VD 201 014¹,³ 

Aluminium appliance cover 2x VD 201 034¹,³ 2x VD 201 034¹,³ 

Wok pan 

Connection 

Total connected load gas (kW) 9.4 9.4 

Total connected load electric (W) 1.0 1.0 


¹ Special accessory. ² If a cover is fi tted, the pan supports must be removed when closing it. 


98 Vario cooktops

Gas wok Gas wok Gas cooktop Gas cooktop 


• • 

• • 

28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 

VG 231 114³ VG 231 214³ VG 232 114³ VG 232 214³ 

VG 231 134³ VG 231 234³ VG 232 134³ VG 232 234³ 

•/– •/– •/– •/– 

–/• –/• –/• –/• 

• • • • 

1 1 2 2 

1 

1 

1 1 

1 1 

• • • • 

1-part 1-part 1-part 1-part 

VD 201 014¹,³ VD 201 014¹,³ VD 201 014¹,³ VD 201 014¹,³ 

VD 201 034¹,³ VD 201 034¹,³ VD 201 034¹,³ VD 201 034¹,³ 

WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ 

5.0 6.0 4.7 4.7 

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 

Vario cooktops 99

Vario special cooktops. 

Appliance type Deep fryer Electric grill Teppan Yaki 


Width (cm) 38 38 38 




Control knobs in furniture front VF 411 110 VR 421 110 VP 421 111 

Brushed stainless steel cooktop / frame •/• –/• •/• 

Shot blasted stainless steel cooktop / frame –/– –/– –/– 


Top-mounted • • • 




Cooking zones 


Output (kW) 3 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.15 

Temperature range (°C) 135 – 190 120 – 240 

Number of output levels 12 12 12 


Electronic temperature control • • • 

Gentle fat melting stage • 

Cold oil zone • 

Foaming edge • 

Capacity (l) 3.5 

Deep frying basket • 

Cleaning setting • 

Electronic steam control 

Automatic boiling point detection 

Cooking insert perforated / unperforated 

Pasta basket 

Glass lid 

Residue strainer in the drain 

Cast grill 2 

Stainless steel container with lava stones • 

Grease collecting insert • 

Hard-chromed cooking surface • 

Stainless steel sandwich cooking surface 

Keeping warm setting • 

Residual heat indicator • • • 

Function display 

Motor-driven drain valve 

Drain installation set 

Short-term timer 

Cooking timer VZ 400 000¹,² VZ 400 000¹,² VZ 400 000¹,² 

Child lock 


Stainless steel appliance cover • • VD 400 000¹ 

Aluminium appliance cover – – – 

Griddle pan • 

Grill tongs • 

Cleaning brush • 

Spatula 2 

Connection 

Total connected load electric (kW) 3.0 3.0 2.3 


¹ Special accessory. ² VZ 400 000 controls only one cooking zone. 


⁴ According to aplliance colour. 

100 Vario cooktops

Steamer Deep fryer Electric grill Teppan Yaki Steamer 

400 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 200 series 

38 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 

VF 230 114³ VR 230 114³ VP 230 114³ VK 230 114³ 

VR 230 134³ VP 230 134³ VK 230 134³ 

VK 411 110 

•/• –/– –/– •/– –/– 

–/– –/• –/• –/• –/• 

• • • • • 

1 1 2 1 1 

2 2.3 2 x 1.5 1.8 2.3 

45 – 95 135 – 190 120 – 240 45 – 95 

12 9 9 13 9 

• • • • 

• 

• 

• 

1 – 6 3.5 1 – 6 

• 

• • 

• • 

•/• •/• 

FK 023 000¹ FK 023 000¹ 

• • 

• • 

1 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• • 

• • 

AG 050/AG 060¹ AG 050/AG 060¹ 

• • 

VZ 400 000¹,² • 

• • 

• • • • 

VD 400 000¹ VD 201 014¹,³ •⁴ VD 201 014¹,³ VD 201 014¹,³ 

– VD 201 034¹,³ •⁴ VD 201 034¹,³ VD 201 034¹,³ 

AM 060 000¹ 

• 

• 

2 

2.0 2.3 3.0 1.8 2.3 

Vario cooktops 101

102

Cooktops. 

Gas cooktops. 104–113 

Induction cooktops. 114–127 

Planing notes for Induction cooktops. 128 

Glass ceramic cooktops. 129–134 

Accessories / Special accessories. 135 


103 

Cooktops

CG 492 110F 


Width 100 cm 



CG 492 210 


Width 100 cm 



Necessary installation accessories 

CA 429 410 

Frame set including decorative frame 

(to be welded in) and holding frame 


SV 405 022 


SV 405 032 



WP 400 001 


material 



104 Cooktops 

Gas cooktop 

CG 492 

– Top appliance in the market, up to 

18 kW on 5 burners 


supports on the same level as the 

worktop 



– Professional control knobs 

Cooking zones 

CG 492 110F 




2 two-ring high output burners 



2 two-ring standard burners 



CG 492 210 















Features 

Three-part pan support with flat, 

continuous pot surface, on the same 

level as the worktop. 


Safety 





The frame set (necessary installation 

accessory)can be sent in advance to 

the manufacturer of the stainless steel 

or granite worktop for fitting. 


spare parts. 









Minimum worktop depth 70 cm. 


lower cabinet at drawer level. 



Due to the separate frame welded into 

the worktop, all parts remain fully 

accessible. 




The appliance can be fixed from above. 






An air extraction hood must be 

switched on during operation of the 

gas cooktop. 

Distance between ventilation hood and 

gas cooktop: at least 760 mm. 




The combination with VL 430/431 is 

not recommended, since the air 

extraction from the centre burner 

cannot be guaranteed due to the 

distance. 

Connection 

Total connected load gas 

17.0/18.0 kW. 


Cooktops 105

KG 491 110F 


Width 90 cm 



KG 491 210 


Width 90 cm 




SV 405 001 


SV 405 002 


SV 405 003 


SV 405 011 


SV 405 012 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 


WP 400 001 


material 



106 Cooktops 

400 series gas cooktop 

KG 491 

– Top appliance in the market, up to 

18 kW on 5 burners 

– Can be built-in next to the cooktops 

of the Vario 400 series 


supports 



– Professional control knobs 

Cooking zones 

KG 491 110F 










KG 491 210 















Features 

Three-part cast pan support with flat, 



Safety 






spare parts. 





lower cabinet at drawer level. 











Installation in a 90 cm wide lower 

cabinet is required. 


underneath. 








gas cooktop. 

Gas connection 


gas cooktop at least 760 mm. 




The combination with VL 430/431 is 

not recommended, since the air 

extraction from the centre burner 

cannot be guaranteed due to the 

distance. 

Connection 


17.0/18.0 kW. 


VG 295 114F* 

Stainless steel with stainless steel 

control panel 

Width 90 cm 



VG 295 214* 

Stainless steel with stainless steel 

control panel 

Width 90 cm 



VG 295 234* 

Stainless steel with aluminium 

control panel 

Width 90 cm 




WP 400 001 


material 




200 series gas cooktop 

VG 295 

– Top appliance in the market, 

up to 18 kW on 5 burners 


supports 



Cooking zones 

VG 295 114F 










VG 295 214/234 











Integrated control panel with cooking 

zone and output level markings. 



Features 

Three-part cast pan support with flat, 



Safety 






spare parts. 










Installation in a 90 cm wide lower 

cabinet is required. 

An oven can be installed under the 

cooktop. 


underneath. 








gas cooktop. 






A minimum clearance between the 

individual niche of at least 50 mm is 

recommended when combining with 

other appliances of the Vario cooktops 

200 series. 

Connection 


17.0/18.0 kW. 


Cooktops 107

CG 290 110F 

Glass ceramic 

Width 90 cm 


CG 290 210 

Glass ceramic 

Width 90 cm 


Nozzles for liquid gas 50 mbar included 


WP 400 001 


material 



108 Cooktops 

Gas cooktop 

CG 290 

– For flush or conventional 

installation 

– Three-ring burner with 5600 W 

Cooking zones 

1 wok burner with 3 separately 

adjustable flame rings (180 – 5600 W), 




2 standard burners (370 – 1900 W), 


1 economy burner (310 – 1100 W), 







Features 

Three-part cast pan support with 



Safety 



The cooktop can be conventionally 

built into worktops or flush integrated 

into stone worktops. 


spare parts. 

Installation in a 85 cm niche or a 

88 cm niche with the included 

spacers. 


Intermediate shelf is required. 


underneath. 








gas cooktop. 






Connection 



Cooktops 109

CG 280 110F 


Width 80 cm 


CG 280 210 


Width 80 cm 




1 wok attachment ring 


CA 280 410 

Built-in frame (to be welded in) 


WP 400 001 


material 

With round bottom and handle,36 cm, 

6 litres, height 10 cm. 

110 Cooktops 

Gas cooktop 

CG 280 

– For flush installation 

– 80 cm wide appliance suitable for 

60 cm deep worktops 

– Up to 12.5 kW on 5 burners 

Cooking zones 

CG 280 110F 

1 two-ring wok burner (230 – 4600 W), 









ø 18 cm. 



CG 280 210 

Preset for natural gas 20 mbar 










ø 18 cm. 



For bottled gas 50 mbar (nozzles 

included) 










ø 18 cm. 







Features 

Three-part cast pan support with 



Safety 



Built-in frame CA 280 410 as required 

installation accessory. 

Can be welded into stainless steel 

worktop. 


spare parts. 







underneath. 

Access from above. 











gas cooktop. 





(order as spare parts): 

Part No. 648786 Simmer plate 

Part No. 088903 Espresso cross 

Connection 

CG 280 110F 


CG 280 210 


(natural gas 20 mbar) 


(bottled gas 50 mbar) 


Cooktops 111

CG 270 110F 


Width 70 cm 


CG 270 210 


Width 70 cm 



112 Cooktops 

Gas cooktop 

CG 270 

– For flush or conventional 

installation 

– 8.85 kW with burners in a 

diamond-shaped arrangement 

Cooking zones 

1 three-ring high output burner 


larger than ø 22 cm. 

1 three-ring high output burner 



1 standard burner (320 – 1750 W), 









Features 

Two-part cast pan support with 



Safety 



The cooktop can be conventionally 

built into worktops or flush integrated 

into stone worktops. 


spare parts. 

Installation in a 56 cm standard niche. 



Allow for a gas connection when 

planning drawer depth. 


underneath. 






Special nozzles (order 1 of each) 



(included in CG 270 110F) 



(included in CG 270 110F) 

Connection 



Cooktops 113

CI 491 102 

Frameless 

Width 90 cm 


GP 900 002 

Stainless steel frying sensor pan 

Non-stick coating, for ø 18 cm cooking 

zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 

114 Cooktops 

Induction cooktop 

CI 491 

– Frameless for flush installation 

– Frying sensor function 

– Super booster function for the 

28 cm cooking zone with 4.4 kW 

– Twist-Pad control with removable 

magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 


(1800 W, with booster 2500 W), 

automatically switches to ø 28 cm 









Twist-Pad control with removable 

magnetic knob. 



levels. 

Features 

Frying sensor function for ø 18 cm and 

ø 21 cm cooking zones. 

Booster function for each cooking 

zone. 

Super booster function for ø 28 cm 

cooking zone. 

Quick boil timer, with individually 

adjustable boiling time. 

Cooking timer for up to 90 minutes. 

Short-term timer. 


Options menu. 

Power management. 

Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 










underneath. 


Joint width may vary due to dimensional 

tolerances of the glass ceramic 

cooktop and the worktop cut-out. 


regarding air ducting on page 128. 

Connection 



CI 491 112 


Width 90 cm 


GP 900 002 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 


CI 491 

– Sturdy stainless steel frame 





magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 
















levels. 

Features 




zone. 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 










underneath. 




Connection 



Cooktops 115

CI 490 112 


Width 90 cm 


GP 900 002 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 

116 Cooktops 


CI 490 



– Suitable for 60 cm deep worktops 

in combination with AT 400 table 

ventilation 


magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 












levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 










underneath. 




Connection 



CI 481 102 

Frameless 

Width 80 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 


CI 481 




magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 












levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 







Connection 



Cooktops 117

CI 481 112 


Width 80 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 

118 Cooktops 


CI 481 




magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 












levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



CI 271 102 

Frameless 

Width 70 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 


CI 271 



– Oval roasting zone switches on 

automatically 


magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 



automatically switches to a 18 x 28 cm 

roasting zone (2000 W, with booster 

2600 W). 










levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 







Connection 



Cooktops 119

CI 271 112 


Width 70 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 

120 Cooktops 


CI 271 




automatically 


magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 





2600 W). 










levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



CI 273 112 


Width 70 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 


CI 273 




automatically 

– Sensor control with direct selection 

of output level 

Cooking zones 





2600 W). 






Sensor control with direct selection of 

ouput level. 



levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



Cooktops 121

CI 262 102 

Frameless 

Width 60 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 

122 Cooktops 


CI 262 






magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 














levels. 

Features 




zone. 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 







Connection 



CI 262 112 


Width 60 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 


CI 262 






magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 














levels. 

Features 




zone. 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



Cooktops 123

CI 264 112 


Width 60 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 

124 Cooktops 


CI 264 







Cooking zones 











ouput level. 



levels. 

Features 




zone. 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



CI 261 102 

Frameless 

Width 60 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 


CI 261 



automatically 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 




roasting zone 











levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 







Connection 



Cooktops 125

CI 261 112 


Width 60 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 

126 Cooktops 


CI 261 




automatically 


magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 





2600 W). 










levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



CI 263 112 


Width 60 cm 


GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 


CI 263 




automatically 



Cooking zones 





2600 W). 







ouput level. 



levels. 

Features 




zone. 






Options menu. 


Safety 

Main switch. 




Child lock. 

Safety lock. 











underneath. 




Connection 



Cooktops 127

Installation notes for 

induction cooktops 

A Air duct behind a cabinet or 

built-in oven 

B intake through the cabinet’s back 

wall 

Intermediate shelf 

128 Cooktops 

Applies to CI 26./27./48./49. 

and VI 26./27. 

Intake air ducting Induction cooktops have a cooling fan 

to protect the appliance’s electronics 

from overheating. In the case of insufficient 

air circulation in the cabinet, the 

appliance’s output will be reduced to 

prevent electronic damage. 

Combination with other appliances 

Combination with AT 400 

A In front of the air duct 

B Adjacent to the air duct 

C At the housing’s rear edge 

An open cross-section of a minimum of 

20 mm is needed across the full width 

and full height of the cabinet. 

Cabinets with a closed bottom also 

need a respective cross-section in the 

air duct area. 

In the cabinet’s back wall, plan a 

recess of at least 45 mm in height from 

the worktop’s bottom edge. 

The minimum width is 

• 550 mm for a Vario cooktop 

or a 60-cm to 80-cm 

induction cooktop 

• 820 mm for a 90-cm 

induction cooktop 

To prevent the content of drawers 

underneath the cooktop from heating 

up, the use of an intermediate shelf 

is recommend, except for with 90 cm 

cooktops. 

Width of cut-out at least 

• 100 mm for a 60 to 80 cm induction 

cooktop 

* does not apply to 90 cm cooktops 

** min. 65 mm for cooktops 

with a frame and min. 70 mm for 

cooktops without a frame. 

Installation above dishwasher or washing 

machine is not permitted. 

In addition to the measures mentioned 

above, the following un obstructed 

cross sections must be planned between 

of the cabinet and the AT 400 to 

allow for proper intake and exhaust air 

circulation for the induction cooktop. 

20 mm distance between the back side 

of drawers, an oven or the cabinet’s 

interior wall. 

The resulting gap between the air duct 

and the cabinet’s side wall needs to 

remain open. 

The resulting cross section between 

the housing and the wall, as well as 

between the housing and the floor, 

must remain open. 

min. 550/820 

B 

C 

min. 20 

min. 45 

B 

min. 65* 

A 

20 

min. 65/70** 

B 

min. 100* 

B

CE 491 102 

Frameless 

Width 90 cm 




BT 481 000 


casting 




GP 900 003 



zone. 


CE 491 



– Three-ring cooking zone up to 

27 cm 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 






cooking zone. 



(2200 W) or ø 27 cm (3080 W) cooking 

zone. 


(1200 W). 






levels. 

Features 

Frying sensor function for ø 21 cm 

cooking zone. 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 



socket 65 mm. 

The cooktop must not be installed 

lower than the top edge of the worktop. 

Under the plug socket, a 10 mm 


panels or from intermediate shelf. 

The cooktop must be freely accessible 

from underneath to be able to detach 

the cooktop´s base in a downward 

direction. 

Installation possible in a 60 cm wide 

lower cabinet. 


underneath. 





Connection 



Cooktops 129

CE 491 112 


Width 90 cm 




BT 481 000 


casting 




GP 900 003 



zone. 

130 Cooktops 


CE 491 




27 cm 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 






cooking zone. 



(2200 W) or ø 27 cm 



(1200 W). 






levels. 

Features 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 


Appliance depth 43 mm, depth at plug 

socket 60 mm. 







direction. 




underneath. 


Connection 



CE 481 102 

Frameless 

Width 80 cm 




BT 481 000 


casting 




GP 900 003 



zone. 


CE 481 




27 cm 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 







zone. 


(1200 W). 






levels. 

Features 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 



socket 65 mm. 

The cooktop must not be installed 

lower than the top edge of the worktop. 







direction. 




underneath. 





Connection 



Cooktops 131

CE 481 112 


Width 80 cm 




BT 481 000 


casting 




GP 900 003 



zone. 

132 Cooktops 


CE 481 




27 cm 



magnetic knob 

Cooking zones 







zone. 


(1200 W). 






levels. 

Features 


cooking zone. 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 



socket 60 mm. 







direction. 




underneath. 


Connection 



CE 273 112 


Width 70 cm 




CE 273 




Cooking zones 


(1800 W), switches to 17 x 26,5 cm 




cooking zone. 


(1800 W). 


(1200 W). 



ouput level. 



levels. 

Features 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 



socket 60 mm. 







direction. 




underneath. 


Connection 



Cooktops 133

CE 261 112 


Width 60 cm 



134 Cooktops 


CE 261 




Cooking zones 


(1800 W), switches to 17 x 26,5 cm 




cooking zone. 

2 Super-Quick cooking zones 

ø 14.5 cm (1200 W). 



ouput level. 



levels. 

Features 






Options menu. 

Safety 

Main switch. 



Child lock. 

Safety lock. 



socket 50 mm. 







direction. 




underneath. 


Connection 




for cooktops. 

BT 481 000 


casting 




CA 280 410 

Built-in frame (to be welded in) 

CA 429 410 

Frame set including decorative frame 

(to be welded in) and holding frame 

GP 900 001 



zone. 

GP 900 002 



zone. 

GP 900 003 



zone. 

SV 405 001 


SV 405 002 


SV 405 003 


SV 405 011 


SV 405 012 


SV 405 022 


SV 405 032 


VV 400 000 




VL 430/431. 

WP 400 001 


material 



Cooktops 135

Gas cooktops. 

Appliance type Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop 


Bottled gas 28-37 mbar • • 

Natural gas 20 mbar • • 

Width (cm) 100.2 100.2 91.4 91.4 




Control knobs in furniture front CG 492 110F CG 492 210 KG 491 110F KG 491 210 

Brushed stainless steel cooktop / frame •/– •/– •/• •/• 

Shot blasted stainless steel cooktop / frame –/– –/– –/– –/– 

Glass ceramic cooktop – – 

Top-mounted • • 


Cast pan support fl ush in stainless steel worktops • • 

Welded into stainless steel worktops • • 

Cooking zones 

Number of cooking zones 5 5 5 5 





Three-ring wok burner (300 – 5000 W) 1 1 

Three-ring wok burner (300 – 6000 W) 1 1 

Three-ring high output burners (1200 – 2500 W) 

Three-ring high output burners (1260 – 3600 W) 

Two-ring high output burners (165 – 4000 W) 2 2 2 2 

Two-ring standard burners (165 – 2000 W) 2 2 2 2 










Economy burner (330 – 1000 W) 

Economy burner (310 – 1100 W) 


Automatic fast ignition • • • • 

Electronic fl ame monitoring with automatic re-ignition • • • • 

Electric ignition 

Cast pan support 3-part 3-part 3-part 3-part 


Aluminium appliance cover 

Wok pan WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ 

Connection 

Total connected load gas (kW) 17,0 18,0 17,0 18,0 

Total connected load electric (W) 15,0 15,0 15,0 15,0 


¹ Special accessory. ² Nozzles for bottled gas 50 mbar are included. 

³ For bottled gas 50 mbar (nozzles included). 

⁴ Available 4. quarter 2010. 

136 Cooktops

Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop Gas cooktop 


• • • • 

• •² • 

91.4 91.4 91.4 80.4 70 58 58 

VG 295 114F³ VG 295 214³ VG 264 114F⁴ VG 264 214⁴ 

VG 295 134F³ VG 295 234³ VG 264 134F⁴ VG 264 234⁴ 

CG 290 110F CG 280 210² CG 270 110F 

•/– •/– –/– •/– •/• •/– •/– 

–/• –/• –/– –/– –/– –/• –/• 

• – 

• • • • • • 

• • 

• 

5 5 5 5 4 4 4 

1 

1 

2 2 

2 2 

1 

1 

2 

1 

(1³) 

1 

1 

(1³) 

1 

1 

1 

2 

(2³) 

1 1 

2 2 

2 2 

• • 

• • 

• • • • • 

3-part 3-part 3-part 3-part 2-part 2-part 2-part 

2x VD 201 014¹,⁴ 2x VD 201 014¹,⁴ 

2x VD 201 034¹,⁴ 2x VD 201 034¹,⁴ 

WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ WP 400 001¹ 

17,0 18,0 13,3 12,5 / (12,1³) 8,85 9,4 9,4 

25,0 25,0 0,6 1,0 0,6 1,0 1,0 

Cooktops 137

Induction cooktops. 

Appliance type Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop 

CI 261 102 CI 261 112 CI 262 102 

Width (cm) 60 60 60 

Stainless steel frame • 

Frameless for fl ush installation in stone worktops • • 

Knobs in furniture front/integrated control panel 

Sensor control/touch keys –/• –/• –/• 

Twist-Pad control • • • 

Cooking zones/combinations 



Induction cooking zone ø 15 cm (1400 /1800 W) 2 2 1 

Induction cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 /2500 W) 

Induction cooking zone ø 21 cm (2200 / 3300 W) 1 1 1 

Induction cooking zone ø 28 cm (2400 / 3600 W) 

Induction cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 / 2500 W) / 

ø 28 cm (2800 / 4400 W) 1 


Roaster zone 18 x 28 cm (2000 / 2600 W) 1 1 

Features/accessories 


Pot detection • • • 


Cooking timer: Number of cooking zones 4 4 3 

Booster function: Number of cooking zones 

Automatic quick boil: Number of cooking zones 4 4 3 

Frying sensor function: Number of cooking zones 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 

1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 

Child lock • • • 


Memory function • • • 

Options menu • • • 

Frying sensor pan for ø 15 cm cooking zone GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ 

Frying sensor pan for ø 18 cm cooking zone 


Connection 



¹ Special accessories. 

138 Cooktops

Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop 

CI 262 112 CI 263 112 CI 264 112 CI 271 102 CI 271 112 CI 273 112 

60 60 60 70 70 70 

• • • • • 

• 

–/• •/• •/• –/• –/• •/• 

• • • 

3 4 3 4 4 4 

17 9 9 17 17 9 

1 2 1 2 2 2 

1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 1 

1 1 1 1 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

3 4 3 4 4 4 

3 4 3 4 4 4 

1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 

1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ 

GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ 

7.2 7.0 7.2 7.0 7.0 7.0 

Cooktops 139

Induction cooktops. 

Appliance type Induction cooktop Induction cooktop Induction cooktop 

CI 481 102 CI 481 112 CI 490 112 

Width (cm) 80 80 90 

Stainless steel frame • • 

Frameless for fl ush installation in stone worktops • 

Knobs in furniture front/integrated control panel 

Sensor control/touch keys –/• –/• –/• 

Twist-Pad control • • • 




Induction cooking zone ø 15 cm (1400 /1800 W) 2 2 1 

Induction cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 /2500 W) 2 

Induction cooking zone ø 21 cm (2200 / 3300 W) 1 1 1 

Induction cooking zone ø 28 cm (2400 / 3600 W) 1 1 


ø 28 cm (2800 / 4400 W) 


Roaster zone 18 x 28 cm (2000 / 2600 W) 



Pot detection • • • 



Booster function: Number of cooking zones 4 4 4 

Quick boil timer: Number of cooking zones 4 4 4 

Frying sensor function: Number of cooking zones 1 x 15 cm 1 x 15 cm 1 x 18 cm 

1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 





Frying sensor pan for ø 15 cm cooking zone GP 900 001¹ GP 900 001¹ 

Frying sensor pan for ø 18 cm cooking zone GP 900 002¹ 


Connection 




140 Cooktops

Induction cooktop Induction cooktop 

CI 491 102 CI 491 112 

90 90 

• 

• 

–/• –/• 

• • 

5 5 

17 17 

1 1 

2 2 

1 1 

1 1 

• • 

• • 

• • 

5 5 

5 5 

5 5 

1 x 18 cm 1 x 18 cm 

1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 

• • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

GP 900 002¹ GP 900 002¹ 

GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ 

10.8 10.8 

Cooktops 141

Glas ceramic cooktops. 

Appliance type Glass ceramic cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop 

CE 261 112 CE 273 112 CE 481 102 

Width (cm) 60 70 80 

Stainless steel frame • • 

Frameless for fl ush installation in stone worktops • 

Control knob in control panel 

Sensor control / sensor touch keys •/• •/• –/• 

Twist-Pad control panel • 




Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1200 W) 2 1 1 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 W) 1 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 12 cm (800 W) / ø 18 cm (2000 W) 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 12 cm (750 W) / ø 21 cm (2200 W) 1 1 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1000 W) / ø 21 cm (2200 W) 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm (1500 W) / ø 23 cm (2400 W) 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 14.5 cm (1050 W) / 

ø 21 cm (2200 W) / ø 27 cm (3080 W) 1 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 17 cm (1800 W) / 

Roaster zone 17 x 26.5 cm (2600 W) 1 1 

Super-Quick cooking zone ø 18 cm (1800 W) / 

Roaster zone 18 x 41.5 cm (4400 W) 2 





Quick boil timer: Number of cooking zones 4 4 4 

Frying sensor function: Number of cooking zones 

1 x 21 cm 





Cast roaster for roaster zone 18 x 41.5 cm BT 481 000¹ 

Frying sensor pan for ø 21 cm cooking zone GP 900 003¹ 

Connection 

Total connected load electric (kW) 7,2 7,8 8,7 



142 Cooktops

Glass ceramic cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop Glass ceramic cooktop 

CE 481 112 CE 491 102 CE 491 112 

80 90 90 

• • 

• 

–/• –/• –/• 

• • • 

4 5 5 

17 17 17 

1 1 1 

1 1 

1 1 1 

2 2 2 

• • • 

• • • 

4 5 5 

4 5 5 

1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 1 x 21 cm 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

BT 481 000¹ BT 481 000¹ BT 481 000¹ 

GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ GP 900 003¹ 

8,7 10,9 10,9 

Cooktops 143

144

Ventilation appliances. 

Ceiling ventilation. 146–147 

Recommended configurations of ceiling ventilation. 148–149 

Table ventilation. 150–151 

Downdraft ventilation. 152–153 

Island hoods. 154–158 

Wall-mounted hoods. 159–165 

Flat kitchen hoods. 166–168 

Canopy extractors. 169 

Fan units. 170–171 

Planning notes / Recommended configurations of VL and AR. 172–175 



145 

Ventilation 

appliances

AC 402 180* 


Filter module 


fan unit AR 400/401 


AD 704 044 

Air collector box DN 200 

cylindrical duct 

2 x DN 150 cylindrical duct air intake. 

1-2 x DN 200 cylindrical duct air outlet. 

AD 854 044 

Air collector box DN 150 flat duct 

2 x DN 150 flat duct air intake. 

1 x DN 200 flat duct air outlet. 


KF 273 198 

Activated charcoal air filter for 

retrofitting AH 273/198 


146 Ventilation appliances 

Vario ceiling ventilation 

AC 402 

– Discreet integration into the 

architecture of the kitchen 

– Flexible by dimension, performance 

and ventilation mode 

– Room ventilation 

– Modular ceiling ventilation, which 

can be configurated individually by 

separat components such as filter 

module, control modules and light 

module 

– Individual configuration of 

unobstructed airflow of remote fan 

unit from 950 – 2800 m³/h 

– Highly efficient patented rim 

extraction 

– Planed and easy to clean underside 

with covered filters 

Output 






Features 

Rim extraction filter, dishwasher-safe. 

Installation frame for thread rods (rods 

not included). 

Connection piece DN 150 cylindrical. 


The ceiling ventilation has to be 

handled as a room ventilation when 

distance to cooktop is larger than 

120 cm since the direct capture of 

vapours will be limited. The needed 

airflow is given by an air exchange rate 

of 10 to 12 times the room volume. 


recommended configurations of ceiling 

ventilations and remote fan units and 

the resulting dimensions. 

Air extraction in combination with 

remote fan unit AR 400/401. For 

recirculation mode 1 activated carbon 

filter KF 273 198 per filter module is 

needed. 

Max. 2 filter modules to be connected 

to 1 AR 400/401 130. Max. 3 filter 

modules to be connected to 

AR 400/401 140. 

When installing remote fan unit AR 400 

within the ceiling or furniture block it 

must remain accessible through the 

ceiling cutout or another maintenance 

access. 

To be installed in standard ceiling or 

furniture cutout which will be covered 

by module frames with 0.8 mm 

thickness. 



















AC 482 180* 


Control module with light 

For controlling remote fan units 

AR 400/401 

AC 462 180* 


Control module without light 

For controlling remote fan units 

AR 400/401 


AA 090 100 

Circuit amplifier for connecting two 

remote fan units 



AC 482/AC 462 

– Control module of ceiling 

ventilation 

– Individual configuration of 

unobstructed airflow of remote fan 

unit from 950 – 2800 m³/h 

– Individual integration of light 

elements into the configuration of 

the ceiling ventilation 

Output 




Features 

7-key infrared remote control, backup 

keys for operation also on the control 

module. 

3 electronically controlled output 

levels. 

Intensive mode. 

Run-on function. 

Acoustic grease filter saturation 

indicator. 

Dimmable halogen Soft-Light 2 x 20 W 

(only at AC 482). 


Fixing at the filter module. 

Max. 2 AR 400/401 to be controlled 

with one control module. 

One amplifier AA 090 100 is needed 

for connecting two remote fan units. 

Max. 2 additional light modules 

connected to one control module with 

light. 

Fit one socket within the area of 

control module, two sockets when 

using amplifier AA 090 100. 







Connection 

Total connected load 

max. 365 – 1200 W. 


AC 472 180* 


Light module 

For completing control module with 

light 



AC 472 

– Light module of ceiling ventilation 

– Individual integration of light 

elements into the configuration of 

the ceiling ventilation 

Features 

Connection cable for connection with 

control module. 

Dimmable halogen Soft-Light 2 x 20 W. 



recommended configurations of ceiling 

ventilations and remote fan units and 

the resulting dimensions. 

Fixing at the filter module. 

Max. 2 additional light modules 

connected to one control module with 

light. 

Connection 

Total connected load 40 W. 

Ventilation appliances 147

Recommended configurations for ceiling ventilation 

Planning as a cooktop ventilation wall/island (W/I) up to max. 120 cm distance to 

the cooktop. 

For larger distances planning as room ventilation (R) with air exchange rates 

10 to 12 times the room volume. 

The given airfl ow of the remote fan units will be reduced by the diff erent ducting 

types between fi lter modules and AR 400/401 as well as by the further ducting. 

For additional ducting chose the confi guration with higher airfl ow. 

Bold print: favoured confi guration 

Regular print: possible confi guration 

Other: – Not possible due to performance or ducting reasons 

Respect the positioning of the remote fan units and the run of the ducts. 

Modules of ceiling ventilation: 

F = Filter module (FL = in-line confi guration) 

CL = Control module with light 

CO = Control module without 

L = Light module 


Maximal width of 

cooktop 

Cooktop ventilation, 

max. distance 120 cm: 

W = Cooktop ventilation 

wall 

I = Cooktop ventilation 

island 

R = Room ventilation, 

distance > 120 cm 

Minimal construction 

height including 

installation frame 

Structure within ceiling/ 

furniture element 

Air collector box, if 

needed 

Ceiling cutout 

a x b 

(frame size) 

mm 

150 - 160 

Minimal construction height with fl exible aluminium ducting straight 

through the ceiling. 

Remote fan unit separately placed. 

(AD 704 044) 

2-3 x DN 150 cylindrical duct-> 1-2x DN 200 cylindrical duct 

Remote fan unit inside installation 

(unobstructed airfl ow fan unit 

alone) 

Duct behind fan DN 200 

Remote fan unit outside 

installation wall/roof 


alone) 

Range of unbstructed airflow of remote fan units 950 - 1400 m³/h No air collector box necessary 

FL1-CL 

FL1-CO 

W: 80 cm 

I: 60 cm, 

no VR, VP, VF 

R: - 

FL1-CL-L1 W: 80 cm 

I: 60 cm, 

no VR, VP, VF 

R: - 

Range of unbstructed airflow of remote fan units 950 - 2800 m³/h 

FL2-CL-L1 W: 120 cm, 

VR, VP, VF centered 

I: 90 cm, no VR, VP, VF 

R: - 

F2-CL 

F2-CO 

W: - 

I: 80 cm 

R: 60 cm, 

10x air exchange rate, 

no VR, VP, VF 

F2-CL-L2 W: - 

I: 80 cm 

R: 60 cm, 

10x air exchange rate, 

no VR, VP, VF 

765 x 515 

(800 x 540) 

765 x 660 

respect direction! 

(800 x 680) 

1565 x 515 

(1600 x 540) 

915 x 765 

respect direction! 

(940 x 800) 

1200 x 765 

(1220x 800 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

Range of unbstructed airflow of remote fan units 1400 m³/h 2 AR: divide airflow of center modules with air collector 

F3-CL-L1 W: - 

I: 120 cm, VR, VP, VF 

centered 

R: 120 cm, 10x air 

exchange rate, 

12x with VR, VP, VF 

Range of unbstructed airflow of remote fan units 1400 - 2800 m³/h 

F4-CO W: - 


centered 

R: 120 cm, 10x air 

exchange rate 


FL4-CL-L1 W: - 


centered 

R: 120 cm, 10x air 



F4-CL-L2 W: - 


centered 

R: 160 cm, 10x air 



1455 x 765 

(1480 x 800) 

1715 x 765 

(1740 x 800) 

2 cutouts 765 x 915 

with 35 mm distance. 

Total cutout 

1565 x 915 with division 

bar. 

(1600 x 940) 

1995 x 765 

(2020 x 800) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h)

230 with/without AR 400: 350 without AR 400: 320 

incl. AR 400 vertivally placed: 500 

Remote fan unit separately placed. 

Construction height including fl at rectangular duct. 

2 AR 400: placed opposite of each other 

(AD 854 044) 

2x DN 150 fl at duct -> 1 DN 150 fl at duct 

Remote fan unit inside 

installation 


alone) 


Remote fan unit outside installation 

wall/roof 


alone) 

AR 400 horizontically or AR 401 separatly placed. 

Flexible aluminium ducting DN 150/200 

2 AR 400: placed opposite of each other 

(AD 704 044) 

2-3 x DN 150 cylindrical duct-> 1-2x DN 200 cylindrical duct 


installation 


alone) 


Remote fan unit outside installation 

wall/roof 


alone) 

No air collector box necessary No air collector box necessary 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 130 (950 m³/h) 

1x AR 401 140 (1200 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2 AR: divide airflow of center modules with air collector 2 AR: divide airflow of center modules with air collector 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

Easisest ducting with fl exible aluminium ductin DN 150 

AR 400 placed vertically or separately. 


installation 


alone) 


1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 130 (1000 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

1x AR 400 140 (1400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 130 (1900 m³/h) 

2x AR 401 140 (2400 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 130 (2000 m³/h) 

2x AR 400 140 (2800 m³/h) 


installation 

(unobstructed airfl ow fan 

unit alone) 



AT 400 101 


Width 106 cm 

Air extraction/recirculation 

AT 400 131 


Width 136 cm 



AA 010 410 

Air exhaust grille recirculation mode 

Stainless steel coloured, 90 cm, 

including installation fittings, height 

adjustable. 

AA 409 400 

Furniture support 86 cm for AT 400 101 

Recommended as bearer for the 

worktop, instead of a cabinet frame, or 

to support the fan housing, replacing 

the need for a cabinet base. 

AA 409 430 

Furniture support 116 cm for 

AT 400 131 

Recommended as bearer for the 

worktop, instead of a cabinet frame, or 

to support the fan housing, replacing 

the need for a cabinet base. 

AA 409 900 

Telescopic extension 110 mm for 

AT 400 101 

AA 409 930 

Telescopic extension 110 mm for 

AT 400 131 

ZB 020 090 

Ventilation grille stainless steel 

Extension piece for 30 mm, necessary 

for height adjustment. 

Order 1 for height adjustment of 

31-60 mm. 

Order 2 for height adjustment of 

61-70 mm. 


AA 400 010 

Beech cutting board, 28 cm deep, fits 

the workspace on top of the AT 400 

AA 400 200 

Glass cover, matt-finished, 106 cm, 

thickness 6 mm, with spacer 

AA 400 230 

Glass cover, matt-finished, 136 cm, 

thickness 6 mm, with spacer 

AA 409 100 

Activated charcoal air filter incl. 2 extra 

fine grease filters for AT 400 101 

AA 409 130 

Activated charcoal air filter incl. 2 extra 

fine grease filters for AT 400 131 

Installation accessories for the air 

recirculation ducts you will find at the 

pages 176 – 179. 


Table ventilation 

AT 400 

– An eye-catcher for an island 

solution or with CE/CI 490 for the 

60 cm deep worktop 

– Air extraction or recirculation 

system 

– Highly effective air recirculation 

technology, 750 m³/h air output at 

source 

– Additional workspace 



Output 

Max. air output according to 

DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction 750 m³/h. 

Air recirculation 765 m³/h. 



Features 


levels. 


Interval ventilation. 


Grease filter saturation indicator. 

Centrifugal grease filter and drip trays, 


Fluorescent tube 30/35 W. 

Order activated charcoal filter mat 

separately. 


AT 400 101 for operation with 2 Vario 

400 series cooktops or cooktops up to 

92 cm wide. 

AT 400 131 for operation with 3 Vario 

400 series cooktops or cooktops up to 

122 cm wide. 

Max. output of glass ceramic cooktops 

12 kW. 

In combination with the cooktops 

CE/CI 490, installation in 60 cm deep 

worktops is possible. 

Operation in combination with gas 

cooktops is not permitted. 

The remaining surface of the worktop 

(min. 50 mm) between the cut-outs 

must be reinforced with a support. It is 

recommended to use furniture support 

AA 409 400/430. 

Intermediate shelves in the lower 

cabinet must be removable. 

Hinges on swing doors may have to be 

repositioned. 

The connecting cables of the cooking 

appliances are laid through the middle 

of the air duct to the rear. 

Water inlet and outlet pipes must not 

be laid through the air duct. 

When operating Vario cooktops, the 

appliance cover needs to be removed. 

When operating VF 411 deep fryer in 

front of the AT 400, there is no space 

for the frying basket suspension. 

Ovens that do not exceed the maximum 

allowed cabinet temperature can be 

combined with the table ventilation if 

built-in situation permits. 

The table ventilation cover must remain 

removable to permit changing of the 

lamp. 

Recommendation for stainless steel 

parts to match hood that have to be 

welded and polished: brushed 

grain 280. 

Surfaces: Stainless steel 1.4301, 

ground and brushed IIIC. 

For air recirculation: 

Order activated charcoal filter mat 

separately. 

The opening in the lower cabinet shelf 

may be increased as long as a 

minimum cross-section of 1800 cm² is 

maintained. 

The exhaust outlet in the plinth should 

be as large as possible to minimise 

draughts. 

The location of the exhaust outlet in the 

plinth is consumer-defined. Minimum 

cross-section 720 cm². 

To avoid smoke when frying/grilling 

refer to the manuals of VR/VP. 

For air extraction: 

Attachment of exhaust pipe directly in 

the blower housing using flexible duct 

DN 150 or 90° elbow pipe AD 752 030. 

Break-out openings for cylindrical pipe 

AD 752 010 in the blower housing. 






air extraction mode and a chimneyvented 

fireplace, the hood’s power 

supply line needs a suitable safety 

switch. 

Connection 

Total connected load 310/316 W. 

Connecting cable 2.0 m with plug (from 

middle of appliance).

AA 409 400/430 Furniture support 

860–872 

1160–1172 

AA 010 410 Exhaust air grille 

27 

27 

443 

38 

20 

18 

74 

20 

894 

AA 010 410 

165 


VL 431 107 


Control unit 


fan unit AR 400/401/413 

VL 430 107 




fan unit AR 400/401/413 


AD 824 042 


with conducting fins, 

DN 125 flat rectangular 

AD 854 042 




AL 400 000 

Terminating trim if downdraft is 

installed as the last appliance in a 

combination (no additional cut-out 

required) 

AS 070 000 




LS 330 000 


VL 430/431 



pages 176 – 179. 



VL 431/VL 430 


the worktop 


the cooktop 



– With sealing flaps 



Output 






Features 

Output control, touch key operation. 


Run-on function; duration approx. 

22 minutes. 

Automatically continued run-on in the 

“0” position for approx. 15 seconds. 

Automatic sealing flaps over ventilation 

slit. 



Additional switch for connection to AR. 

Duct connection piece DN 125 

cylindric. 









elements. 


VL: 60 cm. 

Maximum distance between cut-outs: 

5 cm. 





Do not operate VL 431/430 next to 

VG 411 gas wok. 







Store the control electronics box 

(250 x 145 x 54 mm) for VL 431 in the 


For installation in stone or light-coloured 

plastic worktops, use sealing 

tape (part No. 322793). 






sidewards: 





accessory). 




For leading through the floor with 

DN 150 cylindrical connection of 

2 DN 125 cylindrical use Y-joint 

AD 754 044. 




Duct connection flat duct left/right/bottom 

NW 150 with AD 854 042 

NW 125 with AD 824 042 

Duct connection cylindrical flat left/right/bottom 

NW 125 with AD 724 040 (included) 

AS 070 000 

382 372 

AD 854 042 

382 

60 

169/222 

65 






Connection 


77/89

VL 041 114* 


Control unit 


fan unit AR 400/401/413 

VL 040 114* 




fan unit AR 400/401/413 

VL 041 134* 


Control unit 


fan unit AR 400/401/413 

VL 040 134* 




fan unit AR 400/401/413 


AD 724 040 


DN 125 

AD 824 042 




AD 854 042 





AS 070 000 



LS 041 000 


appliance 

VV 200 014 



cooktops 

VV 200 034 



cooktops 



pages 176 – 179. 



VL 041/VL 040 


the worktop 


the cooktop 





Output 






Features 

Output control, knob operation. 


Ventilation grille can be washed. 



No duct connection piece included. 


No additional switch necessary. 








elements. 


VL: 60 cm (exception: CK 270). 





When having installed the air baffle 

LS 041 000 the wok pan WP 400 001 

can not be used. 







Do not fit in drawer area. 






sidewards: 





accessory). 




For leading through the floor with 

DN 150 cylindrical connection of 

2 DN 125 cylindrical use Y-joint 

AD 754 044. 









Connection 


AS 070 000 

382 372 

382 

60 

LS 041 000 

LS 041 000 

65 


AI 480 180 


Width 180 cm 



AD 480 016 

Exhaust air duct set of two, stainless 

steel, for ceiling heights 2.30 m - 2.54 m 

AD 480 026 



AD 480 036 



Air recirculation duct for ceiling 

heights including air flow in the duct 

(order activated charcoal filter 

separately): 

AD 480 116 

Recirculating air duct set of two, 

stainless steel, for ceiling heights 

2.30 m - 2.54 m 

AD 480 126 



2.53 m - 2.77 m 

AD 480 136 



2.76 m - 3.00 m 

AD 480 396 

Ceiling collar for air ducts, 

stainless steel, set of two 


AA 480 180 


AI/AW 480, set of two 

Side duct, special ducts 

made to measure. 

Please enquire about price 



pages 176 – 179. 


Island hood 

AI 480 

– Two ducts, each with one individual 

fan 


system, consistent extraction over 

the full width 

– 1530 m³/h output 

– Operation from both sides 

– Dimmable Soft-Light 

Output 

Max. air output 1900 m³/h with 

2 x DN 150 unobstructed air flow. 


DIN EN 61591: 



Sound pressure level with DN 150: 

Air extraction 56 dB(A). 

Sound power level according to 

DIN EN 60704 with 2 x DN 150: 

Air extraction 70 dB (re 1 pW). 

Air recirculation 74 dB (re 1 pW). 

Features 

Control panel on both sides. 


levels. 





Cartridge-type filter, dishwasher-safe. 



For calculating the exhaust air line go 

to Rodun online at 

www.gaggenau.com. 









switch. 

A large drop in output and significantly 

increased noise can be expected in the 

air recirculation mode in the case of 

ventilation hoods with a very high air 

output. 

Vario cooktops with intensive 

production of vapours like VR/VP/VF 

should be placed in the middle 

beneath the cooker hood (in this case 

air recirculation is not recommended). 

Clearance above gas appliances min. 

65 cm. 

Clearance above electric appliances 

min. 55 cm. 

Side outlet only possible directly under 

the ceiling. 

Fit the socket concealed behind 

ventilation duct. 

Note the air lines of the two ducts. 

Two people are needed for installation. 

Weight 77 – 88 kg. 




grain 280. 



The dimensions of the air ducts refer to 

a distance of 1.60 m from the floor to 

the bottom edge of the hood. 

Convert for other installation heights: 

Worktop height + minimum clearance 

+ hood with duct. 

Connection 



AI 400 120 


Width 120 cm 


AI 400 150 


Width 150 cm 


AI 402 120 


Width 120 cm 

Air extraction with remote fan unit 

AR 400/401 

Motorless 

AI 402 150 


Width 150 cm 


AR 400/401 

Motorless 


AD 010 016 

Exhaust air duct stainless steel, for 

ceiling heights 2.23 m - 2.41 m 

AD 010 026 



AD 010 036 






separately): 

AD 010 126 

Recirculating air duct stainless steel 

for ceiling heights 2.41 m - 2.73 m 

AD 010 136 



AD 010 396 

Ceiling collar for air ducts, stainless 

steel 


KF 001 010 

Activated charcoal filter 






pages 176 – 179. 


AI 400/AI 402 

– Classic design, high performance 


extraction 




system 



Output 

Max. air output 1070m³/h with DN 150 

unobstructed air flow. 


DIN EN 61591: 






DIN EN 60704 with DN 150: 



Output ventilation appliances 

motorless 

See table page 182 

Features 



levels. 






Dimmable halogen Soft-Light 

3 x 20/4 x 20 W. 

Glass cover. 













switch. 





output. 







70 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 

Side outlet possible no lower than 

47 cm from the bottom edge of the 

hood (pipe middle). 







grain 280. 









Connection 



Plug pair for connecting cable for 

motorless hood included with the 

remote fan unit AR. 


AI 280 120 


Width 120 cm 


AI 281 120 

Aluminium-lacquered 

Width 120 cm 



AD 280 016 



AD 280 026 



AD 280 036 



AD 281 016 

Exhaust air duct aluminium-lacquered, 


AD 281 026 



AD 281 036 






separately): 

AD 280 126 



AD 280 136 



AD 281 126 

Recirculating air duct 

aluminium-lacquered for ceiling heights 

2.44 m - 2.76 m 

AD 281 136 

Recirculating air duct 

aluminium-lacquered for ceiling heights 

2.76 m - 2.98 m 

AD 280 396 


stainless steel 

AD 281 396 


aluminum-lacquered 


KF 001 010 



made to measure. For production 

reasons, aluminium-lacquered ducts 

have a longer delivery time. 




pages 176 – 179. 



AI 280/AI 281 

– Coanda effect on both sides leads 

to highly efficient extraction, even 

on lowest power level 


system 



Output 

Max. air output 690 m³/h with DN 150 

unobstructed air flow, additionally 

90 m³/h Coanda effect. 


DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction 640 m³/h, additionally 


Air recirculation 260 m³/h, additionally 








Features 



levels. 

Intensive mode with ongoing Coanda 

effect. 





Fully illuminated surface with compact 

fluorescent tube 2 x 36 W and 

dimmable Soft-Light. 













switch. 





output. 







65 cm. 


min. 55 cm. 






Weight 41- 45 kg. 




grain 280. 

Recommendation for aluminium parts 

to match hood: RAL 9006 whitealuminium 

or request a paint sample. 



Air extraction: 

AD 280/281 016 = 670-840 mm 

AD 280/281 026 = 840-1160 mm 

AD 280/281 036 = 1160-1380 mm 

Recirculation: 

AD 280/281 126 = 840-1160 mm 

AD 280/281 136 = 1160-1380 mm 







Connection 



AI 220 190 


Width 90 cm 


AI 220 100 


Width 100 cm 


AI 220 120 


Width 120 cm 


AI 221 100 


Width 100 cm 


AI 221 120 


Width 120 cm 



Universal ducts for air extraction or 

recirculation (order starter set for air 

recirculation separately) 

AD 220 316 

Universal duct, 

Stainless steel, 

For ceiling heights 

Air extraction 2.25 m – 2.57 m 

Air recirculation 2.25 m – 2.67 m 

AD 220 326 






AD 221 316 


Aluminium-lacquered, 




AD 221 326 






Intermediate heights have to be made 

by cutting the lower edge of the inner 

duct. 

AD 220 396 



AD 221 396 


aluminium-lacquered 


AA 220 110 


AD 220 186 

Starter set air recirculation with air flow 

in the duct and activated charcoal filter 








pages 176 – 179. 


AI 220/AI 221 

– Sturdy design 


extraction 




system 


Output 

Max. air output 780/780/870m³/h with 

DN 150 unobstructed air flow. 


DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction 730/730/800 m³/h. 

Air recirculation 460/460/480 m³/h. 


Air extraction 42/42/42 dB(A). 



Air extraction 56/56/59 dB (re 1 pW). 

Air recirculation 68/68/70 dB 

(re 1 pW). 

Features 


levels. 



















switch. 





output. 







65 cm. 


min. 55 cm. 










grain 280. 












Connection 




AI 200 102 


Width 100 cm 


AI 201 102 


Width 100 cm 


AI 202 102 


Width 100 cm 


AR 400/401 

Motorless 

AI 203 102 


Width 100 cm 


AR 400/401 

Motorless 


AD 010 016 



AD 010 026 



AD 010 036 



AD 011 016 



AD 011 026 



AD 011 036 






separately): 

AD 010 126 



AD 010 136 



AD 011 126 

Recirculating air duct aluminiumlacquered 

for ceiling heights 

2.41 m - 2.73 m 

AD 011 136 



2.73 m - 2.99 m 

AD 010 396 



AD 011 396 




KF 001 010 









AI 200/AI 201/AI 202/AI 203 

– Classic Gaggenau design 


system 

– Especially quiet with high 

performance 

Output 




DIN EN 61591: 










motorless 

See table page 183. 

Features 


levels. 



















switch. 





output. 






Clearance above gas appliances 

min. 65 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 






Weight 24 kg. 




grain 280. 








pages 176 – 179. 


AD 010/011 016 = 630-810 mm 

AD 010/011 026 = 810-1130 mm 

AD 010/011 036 = 1130-1390 mm 


AD 010/011 126 = 810-1130 mm 

AD 010/011 136 = 1130-1390 mm 







Connection 





remote fan unit AR.

AW 480 180 


Width 180 cm 



AD 480 012 



AD 480 022 






separately): 

AD 480 112 



2.30 m - 2.70 m 

AD 480 122 



2.60 m - 3.00 m 

AD 480 392 


stainless steel, set of two 


AA 480 180 


AI/AW 480, set of two 






pages 176 – 179. 

Wall-mounted hood 

AW 480 

– Two ducts, each with one individual 

fan 


system, consistent extraction over 

the full width 

– 1530 m³/h output 

Output 

Max. air output 1900 m³/h with 

2 x DN 150 unobstructed air flow. 


DIN EN 61591: 






DIN EN 60704 with 2 x DN 150: 



Features 


levels. 





Cartridge-type metal filter, 















switch. 





output. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 55 cm. 




Fit the socket concealed behind the 

left ventilation duct. 

Two people are needed for installation. 





grain 280. 









Connection 




AW 400 190 


Width 90 cm 


AW 400 120 


Width 120 cm 


AW 400 150 


Width 150 cm 


AW 402 190 


Width 90 cm 


AR 400/401 

Motorless 

AW 402 120 


Width 120 cm 


AR 400/401 

Motorless 

AW 402 150 


Width 150 cm 


AR 400/401 

Motorless 


AD 010 012 



AD 010 022 






separately): 

AD 010 112 



AD 010 122 



AD 010 392 




KF 001 010 







pages 176 – 179. 



AW 400/AW 402 

– Classic design, high performance 


extraction 




system 


Output 

Max. air output 780/840/840 m³/h with 



DIN EN 61591: 









(re 1 pW). 


motorless 

See table page 184/185 

Features 


levels. 







3 x 20/3 x 20/4 x 20 W. 

Glass cover. 













switch. 





output. 







min. 70 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 










grain 280. 









Connection 

Total connected load 275/320/340 W. 




remote fan unit AR.

AW 280 190 


Width 90 cm 


AW 280 120 


Width 120 cm 


AW 281 190 


Width 90 cm 


AW 281 120 


Width 120 cm 



AD 280 012 



AD 280 022 



AD 281 012 



AD 281 022 






separately): 

AD 280 112 



AD 280 122 



AD 281 112 



2.36 m - 2.62 m 

AD 281 122 



2.62 m - 3.01 m 

AD 010 392 



AD 011 392 




KF 001 010 









pages 176 – 179. 


AW 280/AW 281 

– Coanda effect leads to highly 

efficient extraction, even on lowest 

power level 

– Reduced energy consumption and 

less noise 


system 


Output 


unobstructed air flow, additionally 



DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction 600 m³/h, additionally 


Air recirculation 300 m³/h, additionally 








Features 


levels. 

Intensive mode with ongoing Coanda 

effect. 





Fully illuminated surface with compact 

fluorescent tube 2 x 36 W and 

dimmable Soft-Light. 













switch. 





output. 







min. 70 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 










grain 280. 





AD 280/281 012 = 650-1020 mm 

AD 280/281 022 = 1020-1410 mm 


AD 280/281 112 = 760-1020 mm 

AD 280/281 122 = 1020-1410 mm 









Connection 




AW 220 170 


Width 70 cm 


AW 220 190 


Width 90 cm 


AW 220 120 


Width 120 cm 


AW 221 170 


Width 70 cm 


AW 221 190 


Width 90 cm 


AW 221 120 


Width 120 cm 



Universal ducts for air extraction or 

recirculation (order starter set for air 

recirculation separately) 

AD 220 312 






AD 220 322 






AD 221 312 

Universal duct 





AD 221 322 






Intermediate heights have to be made 

by cutting the lower edge of the inner 

duct. 

AD 220 392 



AD 221 392 




AA 220 110 


AD 220 182 

Starter set air recirculation with air flow 

in the duct and activated charcoal filter 








AW 220/AW 221 

– Sturdy design 


extraction 




system 


Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 


levels. 







2 x 20/3 x 20/4 x 20 W. 

Quick-mounting system for convenient 

and exact horizontal balance of the 

hood. 













switch. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 55 cm. 


62.5 cm from the bottom edge of the 








grain 280. 














pages 176 – 179. 

Connection 



AW 200 172 


Width 70 cm, depth 56 cm 


AW 200 192 




AW 202 192 




AR 400/401 

Motorless 

AW 200 120 




AW 201 172 




AW 201 192 





AD 010 012 



AD 010 022 



AD 011 012 



AD 011 022 






separately): 

AD 010 112 



AD 010 122 



AD 011 112 



2.36 m - 2.64 m 

AD 011 122 



2.64 m - 3.02 m 

AD 010 392 



AD 011 392 




KF 001 010 








AW 200/AW 201/AW 202 

– Classic Gaggenau design 


system 


performance 

Output 

Max. air output 680/680/780 m³/h with 



DIN EN 61591: 









(re 1 pW). 


motorless 

See table page 185. 

Features 


levels. 



















switch. 





output. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 










grain 280. 








pages 176 – 179. 


AD 010/011 012 = 650-1040 mm 

AD 010/011 022 = 1040-1430 mm 


AD 010/011 112 = 760-1040 mm 

AD 010/011 122 = 1040-1430 mm 







Connection 





remote fan unit AR. 


AW 210 170 




AW 210 190 




AW 211 190 





AD 010 012 



AD 010 022 



AD 011 012 



AD 011 022 






separately): 

AD 010 112 



AD 010 122 



AD 011 112 



2.36 m - 2.64 m 

AD 011 122 



2.64 m - 3.02 m 

AD 010 392 



AD 011 392 




KF 001 010 









pages 176 – 179. 



AW 210/AW 211 

– Classic Gaggenau design, with 

reduced depth of 48 cm 


system 


performance 

Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 


levels. 



















switch. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 60 cm. 










grain 280. 












Connection 




AD 010/011 012 = 650-1040 mm 

AD 010/011 022 = 1040-1430 mm 


AD 010/011 112 = 760-1040 mm 

AD 010/011 122 = 1040-1430 mm

AW 250 190 


Width 90 cm 

Air extraction 


AD 250 012 



AD 250 022 



AD 250 032 








pages 176 – 179. 


AW 250 

– More space above the cooktop 

– Harmonious look with covered 

cassette-type filters 

– Easy accessible controls 

– Air extraction 


Output 




DIN EN 61591: 







Features 


levels. 






Stainless steel filter covers, 















switch. 

The combination of AW 250 with Vario 

cooktops with intensive production of 

vapours like VR/VP/VF is not 

recommended. 

Installation not higher than minimum 

clearance above cooking appliance is 

recommended for most efficient 

extraction. 


min. 65 cm. 










grain 280. 









Connection 




AH 900 161 

Stainless steel front panel 

Width 60 cm 


AH 900 171 


Width 70 cm 


AH 900 191 


Width 90 cm 



LL 010 000 

Air baffle 

Fitted on upper cabinet above blow-out 

opening, recirculating air. This 

accessory prevents soiling of the 

ceiling. For AH 900/250, AF 280. 


FF 900 056 

Metal grease filter for retrofitting 

AH 900 161/171 

FF 900 091 


AH 900 191 

KF 900 055 


retrofitting AH 900 161/171 

KF 900 090 


retrofitting AH 900 191 



pages 176 – 179. 


Flat kitchen hood 

AH 900 

– From the inventor of flat kitchen 

hoods 

– Especially quiet 

– Easy filter change 


system 

Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 

Controls at front. 


levels. 






Compact fluorescent lamp 

1 x 36/1 x 36/2 x 24 W. 

Light can be switched on separately. 

Extendable steam screen 175 mm. 

DN 150 or DN 125 exhaust air pipe 

connection. 













switch. 







min. 60 cm. 


min. 47 cm. 

To be installed in an upper cabinet 

without base. 

70 cm hood can be installed in 60 cm 

upper cabinet. 

To change the filter, the door of the 

cabinet must be opened completely. 

Connection 



AH 250 161 

Aluminium front panel 

Width 60 cm 



LL 010 000 

Air baffle 






FF 250 055 


AH 250 161 

GL 250 062 

White handle strip 

KF 250 055 


retrofitting AH 250 161 



pages 176 – 179. 


AH 250 

– An early Gaggenau invention 

– Easy filter change 

– With additional rack 


system 

Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 

Controls on the right side of the steam 

screen. 


levels. 


10 minutes run-on mode. 



Metal grease filter. 

Compact fluorescent lamp 1 x 36 W. 


Extendable steam screen 175 mm. 

Fan and light are switched on by 

pulling out the steam screen. 

DN 100 or DN 125 exhaust air pipe 

connection. 













switch. 







min. 60 cm. 


min. 47 cm. 

To be installed in an upper cabinet or 

ventilation hood cabinet with spice 

rack. 

Minimum cabinet depth 285 mm 

(cabinet dimensions). 

Front panel can be replaced by 

furniture trim. 

Operator control on the right side of 

the steam screen. 

Connection 




AF 280 160 


Width 60 cm 


AF 280 170 


Width 70 cm 


AF 280 190 


Width 90 cm 



LL 010 000 

Air baffle 






KF 280 001 

Starter set for conversion to 

recirculation 

Includes activated charcoal filter, pipe 

segment, recirculating air grille and 

installation material. 

KF 280 002 


retrofitting, matching all hood widths 



pages 176 – 179. 



AF 280 

– Invisibly integrated in an individual 

furniture front 


system 

– Controls can be individually placed 


Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 

Controls on the right or left side or at 

top of the steam screen. 


levels. 





2 cartridge-type grease filters. 



Extendable steam screen 155 mm with 

filter. 

DN 150 exhaust air pipe. 











min. 65 cm. 


min. 43 cm. 

To be installed in an upper cabinet 

without base, but with spice rack. 

Minimum cabinet depth 293 mm 

(cabinet dimensions). 

Front panel can be replaced by 

furniture trim. 

Installation in a 60 cm wide upper 


When installed AF 280 170/ 

AF 280 190 in a 60 cm wide upper 

cabinet, the pull-out element 

protruding at the side is bolted to the 

adjacent furniture units. 

Upper cabinets of AH 240/250 can be 

used further by unlatching the cabinet 

base and modifying the spice rack 

(front panel height AF 280: 40 mm). 





switch. 

Connection 



AH 273 150 

Stainless steel filter 

Width 50 cm 


AH 273 170 


Width 70 cm 



KF 273 198 





pages 176 – 179. 

Canopy extractor 

AH 273 

– Installation in hoods with 

particularly low crown height 


system 

Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 

3 electro-mecanically controlled output 

levels. 



Halogen light 2 x 20 W. 















switch. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 65 cm. 

Connection 



AH 198 150 


Width 50 cm 


AH 198 170 


Width 70 cm 



KF 273 198 





pages 176 – 179. 

Canopy extractor 

AH 198 

– Invisibly integrated in an individual 

furniture front 


system 

Output 




DIN EN 61591: 









Features 

3 electro-mecanically controlled output 

levels. 



Halogen light 2 x 20 W. 















switch. 







min. 65 cm. 


min. 65 cm. 

Connection 




AR 400 130 

Metal housing 

Max. air output 1000 m³/h 

Inside installation 


AR 400 140 

Metal housing 





AA 009 910 

Ceiling installation set 

AD 702 045 

Pipe adapter from DN 200 to DN 150 



pages 176 – 179. 

* Not known before going to print 


Remote fan unit 

AR 400 

– AR 400 140 for maximum output for 

downdraft ventilation and motorless 

hoods 

– Installation in a separate room 

allows lower noise level in the 

kitchen 

– To be combined with motorless 

hoods, downdrafts or ceiling 

ventilation 

Output 

Max. air output 1000/1400 m³/h with 



DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction NN/NN* m³/h. 



Features 

Metal housing, zinc-plated. 

Pipe connections air intake: 

1 x DN 200 cylindrical, 4 x DN 150 

cylindrical. 

Pipe connection pressure side: 

1 x DN 200 cylindrical. 

Spare cover for closing air intake. 






switch. 

Installation in the drawer area with 

double height or on the floor with 

cut-out in the furniture base. Air intake 

with flat duct max. 2x DN 150 behind 

the drawers requires worktop depth of 

min. 700 mm. Cabinets without plinth 

possible. 





elements. 





For noise optimisation, use the silencer 

SD 011 050. 

Duct length between AR and ventilation 

hood at least 2 m. 

For details of the remote fan unit’s 

effective air output in combination with 

a hood or downdraft, refer to the table 

section. 

Connection 

Fan output 365/520 W. 

Connecting cable 1.05 m. 

Plug pair for individual length of 

connecting cable 6 x 1.5 mm².

AR 401 130 



Outside wall mounting 


AR 401 140 



Outside wall mounting 



AD 702 052 

Telescopic wall-duct 


AA 401 910 

Roof installation set for remote fan unit 

AR 401 for slanted roof from 10° 

AD 702 045 

Pipe adapter from DN 200 to DN 150 


AA 401 400 

Perforated metal plate for air outlet 



pages 176 – 179. 

* Not known before going to print 


AR 401 

– AR 401 140 for maximum output for 

downdraft ventilation and motorless 

hoods 

– Outside installation allows lower 

noise level in the kitchen 

– To be combined with motorless 

hoods, downdrafts or ceiling 

ventilation 

Output 

Max. air output 950/1200 m³/h with 



DIN EN 61591: 

Air extraction NN/NN* m³/h. 



Features 

Complete stainless steel housing. 








switch. 

Roof installation with roof installation 

set AD 401 910 and telescopic wall 

duct AD 702 052 in slanted roofs with 

angle of minimal 10 °. 





For noise optimisation, use the silencer 

SD 011 050. 



a hood or downdraft, refer to the table 

section. 

Connection 

Fan output 365/520 W. 


Plug pair for individual length of 

connecting cable 6 x 1.5 mm². 

AR 413 120 

Metal housing 


Air recirculation 


AA 009 910 

Ceiling installation set 

AA 010 410 

Air exhaust grille recirculation mode 

Stainless steel coloured, 90 cm, 

including installation fittings, height 

adjustable. 


AA 413 160 

Activated charcoal filter for AR 413 



pages 176 – 179. 


AR 413 

– Easy and compact installation of 

downdrafts without exhaust ducts. 

Perfect for cooking islands. 

– To be combined with 1-2 

downdrafts 

Output 




DIN EN 61591: 




Features 

Metal housing, zinc-plated. 



Spare cover for closing air intake. 


With a chimney-vented fireplace and 

installing AR 413 in another area of 

room air (e.g. cellar) the hood’s power 


switch like with an exhaust mode 

ventilation. 

Installation in the drawer area with 

double height or on the floor with 

cut-out in the furniture base. Air intake 

with flat duct max. 2x DN 150 behind 

the drawers requires worktop depth of 

min. 700 mm. Cabinets without plinth 

possible. 





elements. 







downdraft, refer to the table section. 

Connection 

Fan output 150 W. 



Planning notes for combinations of downdraft ventilations VL 431/430 and 041/040 

with remote fan units AR 400/413 in undercounter situations. 

Please respect depth of cabinet body and protruding of the worktop for the required depth of the worktop. 

The required ducting elements can be found in the table on the next two double pages. 


Connection of flat ducting beneath 

cooktops (VI, VE, CI, CE, VG) directly 

to the backside. 

Single VL or symmetric configuration 

of ducting. 

For maximum airflow or duct lengths 

use flat ducting DN 150. 

For minimal worktop depth 650 mm 

use flat ducting DN 125. 

Connection of flat ducting beneath 

cooktops (VI, VE) directly to the 

backside with distance between ducts 

runs larger than between air intakes 

of AR. 

Asymmetric duct run. 

Use flexible ducting NW 150 to 

compensate this difference. 

Alternative for minimal worktop depth 

of 650 mm: flat ducting NW 125 with 

15°-bends for compensation. 

Connection of round ducting to 

the bottom side with flexible duct 

DN 125. 

To be used for VL beside Vario 

cooktops with deep housings 

(VR, VG, VP, VK, VF).


Recommended configurations of downdraft ventilations and remote fan units 

Please refer to the cross section plans of cabinets on the previous pages for depth gauges and placement 

of the remote fan unit. 

Please refer to the following pages for an overview and details of duct elements. 

Adhesive tape is needed for all connections of plastic ducting. 


Confi guration of 

downdraft ventilations 

between cooktops 

Connection of duct 

elements to the downdraft 

ventilation 

VL 431/041 

with fl at duct 

VL 431/041 with 

fl exible duct 

VL 431/041 + 

VL 430/040 


DN of duct 1x 150 1x 125 2x 150 2x 125 

Minimal worktop depth 

depending on protrusion 

and cabinet depth (mm) 

700 600 700 650-700 

Required connection 

pieces for VL431/430 

Required connection 

pieces for VL041/040 

1x AD 854 042 included 2x AD 854 042 2x AD 824 042 

1x AD 854 042 1x AD 724 040 2x AD 854 042 2x AD 824 042 

Recirculation mode: Required duct elements for direct connection of downdraft VL and remote fan unit AR 413 within the cabinet 

AR 413 

between VL and AR 1x AD 852 031 

1x AD 852 030 

1x AD 852 041 

1x AD 852 010 

1x AD 721 010 

1x UR 020 151 

2x AD 852 031 

2x AD 852 030 

2x AD 852 041 

1x AD 852 010 

Exhaust mode: Required duct elements for direct connection of downdraft VL and remote fan unit AR 400 within the cabinet 

AR 400 with 

air intake on top 

between VL and AR 1x AD 852 031 

1x AD 852 030 

1x AD 852 041 

1x AD 852 010 

1x AD 721 010 

1x UR 020 151 

2x AD 852 031 

2x AD 852 030 

2x AD 852 041 

1x AD 852 010 

Exhaust mode: Required duct elements for the connection of remote fan unit with wall outlet, plus further ducts and bend 

AR 400 outlet 

with duct 150 

AR 400 outlet 

with fl at duct 150 

AR 400 outlet 

with fl exible 

duct 150 

AR 400 with 

outlet fl exible 

duct 200 

between AR and 

AD 750 050/051 


AD 850 050 


AD 750 050/051 


AD 700 051 

1x AD 702 045 

2x AD 852 041 

+ straight duct 

+ bends 

+ connection pieces 

1x AD 702 045 

1x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

min. 1x AD 751 010 

poss. _ x RV 040 150 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 

1x AD 702 045 

2x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

1x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

min. 1x AD 751 010 

poss. _ x RV 040 150 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 

For all configurations of plastic ducts adhesive tape for fixing and sealing the connections is not included. 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 822 030 

2x AD 822 041 

1x AD 822 010 

2x UR 020 151 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 822 030 

2x AD 822 041 

1x AD 822 010 

2x UR 020 151 

1x AD 702 045 

2x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

1x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

min. 1x AD 751 010 

poss. _ x RV 040 150 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052

VL 431/041 + 

VL 430/040 

with fl at + fl exible duct 

VL 431/041 + 

VL 430/040 


2x 150 2x 125 2x 125 

750 650-700 600 

VL 431/041 + 

VL 430/040 

with fl exible duct 

2x AD 854 042 2x AD 824 042 included 

2x AD 854 042 2x AD 824 042 2x AD 724 040 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 852 042 

1x AD 751 010 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 852 042 

1x AD 751 010 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 822 030 

2x AD 822 041 

8x AD 822 032 

1x AD 822 010 

2x UR 020 151 

2x AD 822 031 

2x AD 822 030 

2x AD 822 041 

8x AD 822 032 

1x AD 822 010 

2x UR 020 151 

1x AD 702 045 

2x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

1x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

min. 1x AD 751 010 

poss. _ x RV 040 150 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 

1x AD 721 010 

2x UR 020 151 

1x AD 721 010 

2x UR 020 151 

1x AD 702 045 

2x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

1x AD 852 041 


+ bends 


1x AD 702 045 

min. 1x AD 751 010 

poss. _ x RV 040 150 

min. 1x AR 050 200 

poss. _ x RV 040 200 

1x AD 702 052 



for ventilation appliances. 

The detailed overview of the ventilation appliances accessories with all planning information you will find in the tables on 

the next pages. 

AD 8.. 


Plastic 

DN 125/150 flat rectangular 

Allows for long duct runs with highest 

efficiency due to soft duct shape and 

conducting fins within duct bends. 

Compact installation height even with 

DN 150 allows for integration in floor 

constructions. 

Space-saving duct configuration of 

pairs of downdraft ventilation by use 

of DN 125. 

Features 

For further details see table of ventilation 

accessories. 


Respect straight alignment of ducts 

and exact angles. Use 15° bends for 

compensation. 

Secure and tighten all joints with 

adhesive tape. 

DN 125 only recommended for connecting 

pairs of downdraft ventilations 

to the remote fan. 

AD 750 050 

Comfort wall outlet with telescopic 

duct 

Stainless steel/Plastic 

DN 150 cylindric 

Very little loss of airflow and very low 

noise due to integrated conducting 

element. 

Optimal temperature insulation. 

Hermetically sealed by spring cap with 

magnet when ventilation is not active. 

Conform to blower-door test. 

Planned stainless steel cover with 

minimal effect to the aesthetics of the 

house facade, can be laminated. 

Features 

Nonwearing spring cap with ballbearings 

and magnet (no one-way flap 

required). 

Telescopic wall duct 314 - 500 mm for 

cylindrical duct DN 150. 


Conform to blower-door test. 

For connection of flat rectangular duct 

use connection piece AD 852 042. 

Wall breakthrough ø 155 mm. 


AD 750 051 

Wall outlet with telescopic duct 

Stainless steel/Plastic 


Little loss of airflow due to large 

stainless steel outlet louvers. 

Features 

Weatherproof stainless steel louvers. 

Integrated one-way flap. 

Telescopic wall duct 275 - 460 mm for 

cylindrical duct DN 150. 


For connection of flat rectangular duct 

use connection piece AD 852 042. 


AD 850 050 

Wall outlet 



Little loss of airflow due to large 

stainless steel outlet louvers. 

Compact dimensions with flat 

structure. 

Features 



Connection piece flat duct rectangular 

DN 150. 


Direct connection of flat rectangular 

duct DN 150 without connecting 

pieces. 

Wall breakthrough 230 x 10 mm. 

AD 700 051 

Wall outlet 



Little loss of airflow due to large stainless 

steel outlet louvers. 

Features 



Connection piece DN 200 cylindrical 


For use with telescopic wall-duct 

AD 702 

Wall breakthrough ø 210 mm

AD 702 052 

Telescopic wall-duct 


Features 

Connection piece DN 200 cylindrical. 



For use with wall outlet AD 700 051 or 

remote fan unit AR 401. 


AD … .9. 

Ceiling collar for air ducts 

Stainless steel/aluminium-lacquered 

Covers the fixing screws of wall and 

island air ducts as well as uneven gaps 

at not exactly horizontal ceilings. 

Allows the installation of cusomised 

one-piece wall ducts and island ducts 

without telescope. 

Features 

Ceiling fixture for duct and clip-on 

cover in the color of duct. 


Available for most of the Gaggenau 

duct dimensions to fit with standard 

ducts. 

Order customised ducts separately. 

ø 200 

300-500 

Silikon 

ø 210 

Air baffle 

LS 041 000 

for VL 040/041 

next to gas appliance. 

Air baffle 

LL 010 000 

Fitted on upper cabinet above 

blow-out opening, recirculating air. 

This accessory prevents soiling of the 

ceiling. 

For AH 900/250, AF 280. 

Silencer 

SD 011 150 

for DN 150. 

Silencer length1120 mm. 

Silence reduction with straight 

installation 

approx. 2 dB(A), bent 

approx. 3-4 dB(A). 

ø 158 

ø 207 

ø 148,5 

40 

20 

Metal grease filters for retrofitting 

FF 250 055 

AH 250 161 

FF 900 056 

AH 900 161/171 

FF 900 091 

AH 900/191 

1120 

1000 

65 mm 

Activated charcoal filters for retrofitting 

KF 273 198 

AH 198 150/170, AH 273 150/170, 

AC 402, AW 900 161/171 

KF 900 090 

AH 900 191 

KF 250 055 

AH 250 161, 60 cm wide 

KF 280 002 

AF 280 160/170/190 

KF 001 010 

AW/AI 200/280/400, AW 210 

AA 480 180 

AW/AI 480 (set of 2) 

AA 409 100 

AT 400 101 

AA 409 130 

AT 400 131 



for ventilation appliances. 

Flat duct system AD 8… Flat duct Flat duct bend 90° 

vertical 


Flat duct bend 90° 

horizontal 

Material Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic 

Length mm 1000 

Flat duct bend 15° 

horizontal 

DN 150 AD .5. … AD 852 010 AD 852 030 AD 852 031 AD 852 032 

DN 125 AD .2. … AD 822 010 AD 822 030 AD 822 031 AD 822 032 

Universal AD .9. … 

Connecting pieces necessary for combination 

with 1 straight duct Pieces 1 0 0 0 

with 1 bend Pieces 0 0 0 0 

with fl exible ducting Pieces - - - - 

Planning notes DN 125 only recommended 

to connect pairs of 

VL 431/430 or 

VL 041/040 with remote 

fan unit AR 

Cylnidric ducts AD 7… Flexible duct 

cylindrical 

Use short piece of straight 

duct to connect two bends 

of 90° 

Use short piece of straight 

duct to connect two bends 

of 90° 

Duct cylindrical Duct bend 90° Cylindrical duct connection 

piece for VL 

For compensation of 

straight ducts out of line or 

non-rectangular bends. 

Material Aluminium Plastic Plastic Metal zinc plated Plastic 

Length mm 1000 - 3000 1000 140 

DN 200 AD .0. … AR 050 200 

Condensation trap 

DN 150 AD .5. … AD 751 010 AD 752 010 AD 752 030 AD 752 070 

DN 125 AD .2. … AD 721 010 AD 724 040 

Universal AD .9. … 

Connecting pieces necessary for combination 

with 1 straight duct Pieces - 1 0 0 0 

with 1 bend Pieces - 0 - 0 - 

with fl exible ducting Pieces 1 - - 0 0 

Planning notes Recommended only for 

non-linear or non-rectangular 

ductings or cylindrical 

wall or ceiling ducts. 

2 hose clamps included. 

Press the duct wall at the 

ends to fi t properly to all 

connection pieces. 

For the connection of 

hoods directly beneath the 

wall outlet. 

For the connection of 

hoods directly beneath the 

wall outlet. 

One piece needed for each 

VL 041/040 to be connected 

to cylindrical ducts 

DN 125. Included within 

VL 431/430. Outlet to the 

left/right/bottom possible. 

Recommended 

below longer vertical 

ducts.

Flat duct connection piece 

for VL 

Flat duct adapter 

cylindrical 

Flat duct adapter 

cylindrical 90° 

Air collector box flat 

duct 

Flat duct connection 

piece 

Metal zinc plated Plastic Plastic Metal zinc plated Plastic Plastic 

190 10m/roll 

AD 854 042 AD 852 041 AD 852 042 AD 854 044 AD 852 040 

AD 824 042 AD 822 041 AD 822 040 

1 Flat 0 / Cylindrical 0 Flat 0 / Cylindrical 0 1 1 

0 - - 0 0 

- RV … 0 - - 

One piece needed for each 

VL 431/430/041/040 to be 

connected to fl at ducts. To be 

exchanged with serial cylindrical 

connection piece. Outlet to the 

left/rigth/bottom possible. 

Silencer Y-joint DN 

150/125 

For connection of fl at duct Direct connection to 

DN 150 to wall outlet or fl exible ducting. 

remote fan unit with round 

connection pieces.Connect 

fl exible cylindrical ducting 

with connecting pieces RV. 

Air collector box 

cylindrical duct 

2x DN 150 air intake 

1x DN 150 air outlet 

For connecting the fl at 

ducts of 2 fi ltermodules 

AC 402 with a control or 

light module inbetween. 

Pipe adapter Pipe connection piece 

for cylindrical duct 

Adhesive tape for duct 

components 

AD 990 090 

Necessary for all connections 

of duct components 

Pipe connection Adhesive tape for 

piece for flexible duct duct components 

Plastic Metal zinc plated Metal zinc coated/plastic Plastic Metal zinc coated Plastic 

1110 10m/roll 

AD 702 045 RV 040 200 

SD 011 150 AD 754 044 AD 704 044 UR 020 151 AD 754 090 RV 040 150 

0 - - 0 - - 

- - - - - - 

0 0 0 0 

Silence reduction 

with straight installation 

approx 2 dB(A), 

bend approx 

3-4 dB(A). 

Recommended to 

connect pairs of VL 

431/430 or 

VL 041/040 to 

one round fl oor 

breakthrough DN 

150. 

2x DN 150 air intake 

2x DN 200 air outlet 

Covers for 1 intake and 

one outlet included. 

RV 030 125 

AD 990 090 

Necessary for all 

connections of duct 

components 


Table ventilation/downdrafts. 

Appliance type Table ventilation Table ventilation 

Series – – 

Stainless steel AT 400 131 AT 400 101 

Aluminium 

Air extraction / recirculation •/• •/• 

Dimensions 

Width on worktop (cm) 136,2 105,7 

Width in lower cabinet (cm) 116 86 

Depth (cm) 19 19 

Height in lower cabinet (cm) 670 – 800 670 – 800 

Net weight (kg) 81 62 

Air extraction performance (DIN EN 61591), min / max / Int 

Air extraction (m³/h) 750 750 

Air recirculation (m³/h) 410/680/750 410/680/750 

Air extraction performance (unobstructed) with fan units, min / max / Int 

Exhaust air with AR 400 130 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Exhaust air with AR 400 140 for inside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Exhaust air with AR 401 130 for outside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Exhaust air with AR 401 140 for outside installation, DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Recirculation air with AR 413 120 for inside installation², DN 150 (m³/h) - - 

Features 

Glass cover AA 400 230¹ AA 400 200¹ 

Sealing fl aps 

Extendible swivel arm 

Metal grease fi lter Centrifugal Centrifugal 

Grease drain channel • • 

Fan levels (No.) 3 3 

Run-on function • • 

Interval ventilation • • 

Grease fi lter saturation indicator • • 

Control panel arrangement Keys on the front Keys on the front 

Function indicators / display •/– •/– 

Compact fl uorescent tube lighting (W) 36 W 30 W 

Illuminance (lx) 750 750 

Exhaust air connection bottom / side 

Exhaust air connection piece DN 125 cylindrical duct - - 

Exhaust air connection piece DN 150 cylindrical duct • • 

Exhaust air connection piece DN 125 rectangular fl at duct - - 

Exhaust air connection piece DN 150 rectangular fl at duct AD 752 030¹ AD 752 030¹ 

+ AD 852 042¹ + AD 852 042¹ 

Motor output (W) 280 280 

Connecting cable length (m) 2.0 2.0 

Connection 

Total connected load (W) 316 310 

Radio frequency interference-suppressed • • 


¹ Special accessory. 

² Not known/confirmed before going to print. 

180 Ventilation appliances

Downdraft Downdraft Downdraft Downdraft 


Control unit Extension element for VL 431 107 Control unit Extension element for VL 041 

VL 431 107 VL 430 107 VL 041 114 VL 040 114 

VL 041 134 VL 040 134 

•/• •/• •/• •/• 

9,3 9,3 8.5 8.5 

7,8 7,8 7.8 7.8 

51 51 51 51 

29.5 29.5 29.5 29.5 

4 4 4 4 

– – 

VL 431 only VL 431 + VL 430 VL 041 solo VL 041 + VL 040 

NN²/580/– NN²/870/– NN²/580/– NN²/870/– 

NN²/700/– NN²/1100/– NN²/700/– NN²/1100/– 

NN²/500/– NN²/740/– NN²/500/– NN²/740/– 

NN²/570/– NN²/920/– NN²/570/– NN²/920/– 

NN² NN² NN² NN² 

• • 

Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel 

• • • • 

2 4 

• • 

Keys on top Knob on top 

•/– –/– 

•/• •/• •/• •/• 

• • AD 724 040¹ AD 724 040¹ 

- - - - 

AD 822 042¹ AD 822 042¹ AD 822 042¹ AD 822 042¹ 

AD 852 042¹ AD 852 042¹ AD 852 042¹ AD 852 042¹ 

1.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 

depending on fan unit depending on fan unit depending on fan unit depending on fan unit 

• • • • 


Island hoods. 

Appliance type Island hood Island hood Island hood 

Stainless steel AI 480 180 AI 400 150 AI 400 120 


Stainless steel, motorless AI 402 150 AI 402 120 

Aluminium-lacquered, motorless 

Air extraction / recirculation •/•¹ •/•¹ •/•¹ 

Dimensions with ventilation duct 

Width (cm) 180 150 120 

Depth (cm) 70 70 70 

Height, air extraction / recirculation, min. – max. (cm) 70 – 140 63 – 139/81 – 139 63 – 139/81 – 139 

Net weight, min. – max. (kg) 65 – 68 44 – 46 34 – 36 

Air extraction duct weight, min. – max. (kg) 12 – 20 8 – 12 8 – 12 

Air extraction performance (unobstructed), min / max / Int 

Air extraction (m³/h) 750/1200/1900 350/740/1070 350/740/1070 

Air extraction Coanda eff ect (m³/h) 

Max. back pressure at 0 m³/h (Pa) 450 450 




Air recirculation (m³/h) 390/590/730¹ 290/480/500¹ 290/480/500¹ 


Air extraction performance (unobstructed) with fan units, min / max / Int Outlet DN 200 Outlet DN 200 

AR 400 130 for inside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) NN⁴/730/910 NN⁴/730/910 

AR 400 140 for inside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) NN⁴/920/1200 NN⁴/920/1200 

AR 401 130 for outside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) NN⁴/600/780 NN⁴/600/780 

AR 401 140 for outside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) NN⁴/750/1000 NN⁴/750/1000 

Sound pressure level 

Max. normal level air extraction (dB (A)) 56 48 48 

Sound power level (DIN EN 60704) 

Max. normal level including tolerance, air extraction / recirculation (dB (re 1 pW)) 70/74¹ 62/73¹ 62/73¹ 

Features 

Coanda eff ect 

Glass cover • • 

Rim extraction / rim extraction fi lters •/• •/• 

Stainless steel grease fi lter • 

Fan output levels (No.) 3 3 3 

Intensive mode • • • 

Run-on function • • • 

Interval ventilation • • • 

Grease fi lter saturation indicator • • • 

Function indicators 2 2 2 

Halogen lighting (W) 4 x 20 4 x 20 3 x 20 

Compact fl uorescent tube lighting 

Illuminance (lx) 420 500 520 

Soft-Light • • • 

Exhaust air connection piece (ø mm) 150 150 150 

Exhaust air connection piece, top / side / rear / front S = specially produced •/S/S/S •/S/S/S •/S/S/S 

Fans (No.) 2 1/0 1/0 

Fan output (W) 600 275 260 

Connecting cable length (m) 1,5 1,2 1,2 

Minimum clearance above cooking area 

For gas appliances (cm) 65 70 70 

For electric appliances (cm) 55 60 60 

Connection 

Total connected load (W) 680 435 320 

Radio frequency interference-suppressed • • • 


¹ If the air output is high during the air circulation mode, a considerable drop in output and clearly increased noise in comparison with air extraction is to be expected. 

² Special accessory. ³ The Coanda eff ect allows for operation at lower output levels. 

⁴ Not known/confirmed before going to print. 


Island hood Island hood Island hood Island hood Island hood 

AI 280 120 AI 200 102 AI 220 120 AI 220 100 AI 220 190 

AI 281 120 AI 201 102 AI 221 120 AI 221 100 

AI 202 102 

AI 203 102 

•/• •/•¹ •/•¹ •/•¹ •/•¹ 

120 100 120 100 90 

70 65 70 70 60 

67 – 138/84 – 138 64 – 140/82 – 140 65 – 149/65 – 159 65 – 149/65 – 159 65 – 149/65 – 159 

41 – 45 25 – 33 NN⁴ NN⁴ NN⁴ 

8 – 12 8 – 12 NN⁴ NN⁴ NN⁴ 

290/510/690³ 310/540/790 330/690/870 330/550/780 330/550/780 

50/90/90 

500 425 

280/470/640³ 300/520/750 320/620/800 320/540/730 320/540/730 

45/115/120 

160/240/260¹ 230/400/470¹ 240/420/480¹ 240/390/460 240/390/460 

65/70/80 

Outlet DN 200 

NN⁴/730/910 

NN⁴/920/1200 

NN⁴/600/780 

NN⁴/750/1000 

49 47 44 42 42 

63³/68¹ 61/71¹ 59/70¹ 56/68 56/68 

• 

•/• •/• •/• 

• • 

3 3 3 3 3 

• • • • • 

• • • • • 

• • • • • 

• • • • • 

2 1 1 1 1 

2 x 36 

4 x 20 4 x 20 4 x 20 4 x 20 

913 540 

• • • • • 

150 150 150 150 150 

•/S/S/S •/S/S/S •/S/S/S •/S/S/S •/S/S/S 

1 1/0 1 1 1 

260 215 260 215 215 

1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 

65 65 65 65 65 

55 60 55 55 55 

332 295 340 295 295 

• • • • • 


Wall-mounted hoods. 

Appliance type Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood 

Stainless steel AW 480 180 AW 400 150 AW 400 120 


Stainless steel, motorless AW 402 150 AW 402 120 


Air extraction / recirculation •/•¹ •/•¹ •/•¹ 


Width (cm) 180 150 120 

Depth (cm) 52 55 55 

Height, air extraction / recirculation, min. – max. (cm) 70 – 140 64 – 142/75 – 142 64 – 142/75 – 142 

Net weight, min. – max. (kg) 47 – 50 38 – 40 30 – 37 

Air extraction duct weight, min. – max. (kg) 7 – 9 7 – 9 7 – 9 








Air recirculation (m³/h) 390/590/730¹ 240/420/490¹ 240/420/490¹ 


Air extraction performance (unobstructed) with fan units, min / max / Int Outlet DN 200 Outlet DN 200 

AR 400 130 for inside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) NN³/730/910 NN³/730/910 

AR 400 140 for inside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) NN³/920/1200 NN³/920/1200 

AR 401 130 for outside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) NN³/600/780 NN³/600/780 

AR 401 140 for outside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) NN³/750/1000 NN³/750/1000 




Max. normal level including tolerance, air extraction / recirculation (dB (re 1 pW)) 70/74¹ 61/72¹ 61/72¹ 

Features 


Glass cover • • 

Rim extraction / rim extraction fi lters •/• •/• 

Stainless steel grease fi lter • • • 






Function indicators • • • 






Exhaust air connection piece, top / side / rear / front S = specially produced •/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S 

Fans (No.) 2 1/0 1/0 

Fan output (W) 600 260 260 

Connecting cable length (m) 1,3 1,2 1,2 




Connection 





² The Coanda eff ect allows for operation at lower output levels. 

³ Not known/confirmed before going to print. 


Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood 

AW 400 190 AW 280 120 AW 280 190 AW 200 120 AW 200 192 AW 200 172 

AW 281 120 AW 281 190 AW 201 192 AW 201 172 

AW 402 190 AW 202 192 

•/•¹ •/• •/• •/•¹ •/• •/• 

90 120 90 120 90 70 

55 54 54 56 56 56 

65 – 142/76 – 142 65 – 141/76 – 141 65 – 141/76 – 141 65 – 142/76 – 142 65 – 142/76 – 142 65 – 142/76 – 142 

25 – 32 33 – 35 29 – 31 24 21 – 28 22 – 25 

7 – 9 7 – 9 7 – 9 7 – 9 7 – 9 7 – 9 

290/540/780 300/520/680² 300/500/640² 290/540/780 260/470/680 260/470/680 

40/60/80 40/60/80 

410 410 405 425 380 380 

270/520/740 270/450/610² 270/440/600² 270/520/740 250/450/650 250/450/650 

50/80/80 50/80/80 

230/400/470¹ 170/250/300 170/250/300 230/400/470¹ 190/340/430 190/340/430 

70/100/100 70/100/100 

Outlet DN 200 Outlet DN 200 

NN³/730/910 NN³/730/910 

NN³/920/1200 NN³/920/1200 

NN³/600/780 NN³/600/780 

NN³/750/1000 NN³/750/1000 

45 47 47 44 43 43 

59/70¹ 61²/70 61²/70 58/71¹ 57/66 57/66 

• • 

• 

•/• 

• • • • • • 

3 3 3 3 3 3 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

3 x 20 3 x 20 3 x 20 3 x 20 

2 x 36 2 x 36 

520 962 1276 350 400 480 

• • • • 

150 150 150 150 150 150 

•/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S 

1/0 1 1 1 1/0 1/0 

215 215 215 160 160 160 

1,2 1,2 1,2 1,3 1,3 1,3 

70 70 70 65 65 65 

60 60 60 60 60 60 

275 295 295 280 220 220 

• • • • • • 


Wall-mounted hoods. 

Appliance type Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood 

Stainless steel AW 210 190 AW 210 170 AW 220 120 

Aluminium-lacquered AW 211 190 AW 221 120 

Stainless steel, motorless 


Air extraction / recirculation •/• •/• •/• 


Width (cm) 90 70 120 

Depth (cm) 48 48 50 

Height, air extraction / recirculation, min. – max. (cm) 65 – 142/76 – 142 65 – 142/76 – 142 65 – 141/65 – 152 

Net weight, min. – max. (kg) 19 16 NN³ 

Air extraction duct weight, min. – max. (kg) 7 – 9 7 – 9 NN³ 




Max. back pressure at 0 m³/h (Pa) 380 380 NN³ 




Air recirculation (m³/h) 190/340/430 190/340/430 230/380/440 


Air extraction performance (unobstructed) with fan units, min / max / Int 

AR 400 130 for inside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) 

AR 400 140 for inside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) 

AR 401 130 for outside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) 

AR 401 140 for outside installation, intake DN 150 (m³/h) 




Max. normal level including tolerance, air extraction / recirculation (dB (re 1 pW)) 57/66 57/66 58/69 

Features 


Glass cover 

Rim extraction / rim extraction fi lters •/• 

Stainless steel grease fi lter • • • 






Function indicators • • • 






Exhaust air connection piece, top / side / rear / front S = specially produced •/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S 

Fans (No.) 1 1 1 

Fan output (W) 160 160 215 

Connecting cable length (m) 1,3 1,3 1.3 




Connection 





² The Coanda eff ect allows for operation at lower output levels. 

³ Not known/confirmed before going to print. 


Wall hood Wall hood Wall hood 

AW 220 190 AW 220 170 AW 250 190 

AW 221 190 AW 221 170 

•/• •/• •/- 

90 70 90 

50 50 55 

65 – 141/65 – 152 65 – 141/65 – 152 NN³ 

NN³ NN³ NN³ 


320/510/760 320/510/760 270/540/870 


310/510/720 310/510/720 260/520/820 

230/380/440 230/380/440 

44 44 51 

58/69 58/69 63 

•/• •/• •/- 

• • • 

3 3 3 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

3 x 20 2 x 20 3 x 20 

520 500 410 

• • • 

150 150 150 

•/S/•/S •/S/•/S •/S/•/S 

1 1 1 

215 215 360 

1.3 1.3 1,3 

65 65 65 

55 55 65 

275 255 420 

• • • 


Flat kitchen hoods. 

Appliance type Flat kitchen hood Flat kitchen hood Flat kitchen hood 

Stainless steel-coloured AH 900 191/171/161 

Aluminium AH 250 161 AF 280 190/170/160 

Air extraction / recirculation •/• •/• •/• 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 90; 70; 60 60 90; 70; 60 

Depth (cm) 30 30 28 

Depth when steam screen extended (cm) 48 48 43 

Height (cm) 43 50 48 

Net weight (kg) 20; 17; 16 15 17; 14; 14 



Max. back pressure at 0 m³/h (Pa) 460 370 420 

Air extraction performance DIN EN 61591, min / max / Int 


Air recirculation (m³/h) 160/280/370 140/210/300 170/330/430 




Max. normal level including tolerance, air extraction / recirculation (dB (re 1 pW)) 54/64 62/64 59/64 

Features 

Glass screen • • 

Metal grease fi lter type Drawer Drawer Cartridges 




Interval ventilation • • 


Arrangement of controls Buttons at front Buttons on right Buttons variable 

Function indicators / display •/– •/– –/• 

Halogen lighting (W) 3 x 20; 2 x 20; 2 x 20 

Compact fl uorescent tube lighting (W) 2 x 24; 36; 36 36 

Illuminance (lx) 650; 680; 680 560 500; 450; 450 

Soft-Light • 

Exhaust air connection piece (ø mm) 150 125/100 150/125 

Exhaust air connection piece, top / side / rear / front S = specially produced •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

Fans (No.) 1 2 1 

Fan output (W) 190 2 x 80 200 

Connecting cable length (m) 1.5 1.5 1.5 




Connection 

Total connected load (W) 240; 230; 230 200 260; 240; 240 




Canopy extractors. 

Appliance type Canopy extractor Canopy extractor 

Stainless steel-coloured AH 273 170/150 AH 198 170/150 

Air extraction / recirculation •/• •/• 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 73/53 73/53 

Depth (cm) 34,6 34,6 

Height (cm) 31 (Housing) 16 (Housing) 

Net weight (kg) 11/10 9/8 


Air extraction (m³/h) 250/430/630 260/440/700 



Air extraction (m³/h) 220/400/600 240/400/640 

Air recirculation (m³/h) 180/340/470 190/320/430 


Max. normal level air extraction (dB (A)) 46 47 


Max. normal level including tolerance, air extraction / recirculation (dB (re 1 pW)) 58/61 59/63 

Features 

Glass screen 

Metal grease fi lter type Cartridges Cartridges 

Fan output levels (No.) 3 3 

Intensive mode • • 

Run-on function 

Interval ventilation 

Grease fi lter saturation indicator 

Arrangement of controls Bottom slide Bottom slide 

Function indicators / display 

Halogen lighting (W) 2 x 20 2 x 20 

Compact fl uorescent tube lighting (W) 

Illuminance (lx) 360 360 

Soft-Light 

Exhaust air connection piece (ø mm) 150/120 150/120 

Exhaust air connection piece, top / side / rear / front S = specially produced •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

Fans (No.) 1 2 

Fan output (W) 200 2 x 100 

Connecting cable length (m) 1,3 1,3 


For gas appliances (cm) 65 65 

For electric appliances (cm) 65 65 

Connection 

Total connected load (W) 240 240 




Remote fan units. 

Version Outside wall Outside wall 

Stainless steel AR 401 140 AR 401 130 

Metal zinc plated 

Air extraction / recirculation •/– •/– 

Installation possibility 

Slanted roof (not Eternit) AA 401 910¹ AA 401 910¹ 

Outside wall • • 

Inside wall 

Bottom cupboard 

Attic 

Cellar 

Dimensions 

Width (cm) 366 366 

Depth (cm) 257 257 

Height (cm) 460 460 

Net weight (kg) NN² NN² 

Air extraction performance (unobstructed) min / max / Int DN 200 DN 200 

Air extraction (m³/h) NN²/1200 NN²/950 

Max. back pressure at 0 m³/h (Pa) NN² NN² 

Features 

Exhaust air intake connection piece (ø mm) 200 200 

Exhaust air outlet connection piece (ø mm) - - 

Fans (No.) 1 1 

Fan output (W) 520 365 

Connecting cable length (m) 1 1 

Additional connector pair for extension • • 

Ratings in combination with extraction element 



¹ Special accessory. 

² Not known/confirmed before going to print. 


Inside Inside Inside recirculation 

AR 400 140 AR 400 130 AR 413 120 

•/– •/– –/• 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

511 511 600 

425 425 480 

256 256 255 

NN² NN² NN² 

DN 200 DN 200 

NN²/1400 NN²/1000 700² 

NN² NN² NN² 

200/4x150 200/4x150 2x150 

200 200 

1 1 1 

520 365 150 

1 1 1 

• • 

• • • 


192

Cooling appliances. 

Overviews. 194–197 

Vario cooling 400 series: Cooling, freezing and wine. 198–203 

Planning notes Vario cooling 400 series. 204–205 

Special accessories Vario cooling 400 series. 206–207 

Vario cooling 200 series: Cooling and freezing. 208–219 

Other cooling appliances. 220–228 

Wine. 229–231 



193 

Cooling 

appliances

Overview. 

Vario cooling 400 series 

Niche 213 

RB 491 RY 491 RC 472 

RC 462 

RF 471 RF 463 RF 461 RF 413 RF 411 RW 464 RW 414 

FK: Fresh cooling 

FK 0 °C: Fresh cooling to 0 °C 

W: Wine 

D: Ice and water dispenser 

Ice: Ice maker 

194 Cooling appliances

Overview. 

Vario cooling 200 series 

Height 178 

RS 295 

Niche 178 

RB 289 

Niche 140 

RT 249 

RB 287 RT 289 RT 287 RC 289 RF 287 

RC 249 RC 247 

RF 247 

Cooling appliances 195

Overview. 

Other cooling appliances 

Height 201 Height 178/Niche 179 

RB 272 RY 495 

Niche 178 

RB 280 

Niche 140 

RT 242 

Niche 82 / Under-counter 

RT 200 

RT 282 

RC 242 

RC 200 

196 Cooling appliances 

RC 280 

RF 200 

Niche 123 

RT 222 

RC 222 

RT 220 

RC 220

Overview. 

Wine climate cabinet 

Niche 213 

RW 464 

Height 185 

RW 262 

Niche 123 

RW 414 

RW 424 RW 404 

Niche 82 / Under-counter 


RY 491 200 

with fresh cooling 

fully integrated 

Niche width 91.4 cm, 

Niche height 213.4 cm 

With two doors 


1 ice cube scoop 


RA 460 000 

Accessory for side-by-side installation 

RA 460 011 

Additional side heating element 


RA 421 912 

Stainless steel door panels with 

handles 

For RY 491, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 932 

Aluminium door panels with handles 


RA 423 910 

Cladding set in stainless steel 

For freestanding RB/RY 491 (side 

walls, top, plinth panel). 

Door panels and ventilation grille in 

stainless steel must be ordered 

separately. 

Cladded appliance measurements 

overall: 

Width 96 cm, height 215 cm, 

depth 63 cm. 

Appliance must be fixed to the wall at 

the top rear. 

RA 425 110 

Handle bar, stainless steel, long 

With 3 mounts, length 1131 mm, 

drilling distance between each mount 

554 mm. 

RA 425 130 

Handle bar, aluminium, long 



554 mm. 

RA 425 910 

Handle bar, stainless steel, short 

With 2 mounts, length 810 mm, drilling 

distance between the mounts 787 mm. 

RA 425 930 

Handle bar, aluminium, short 



RA 460 030 

Connecting element for vertically split 

fronts (for fridge-freezer combination) 

RA 461 910 


WF 040 020 

Descaling and neutralising filter. 

WF 040 021 




Vario fridge-freezer combination 

400 series 

RY 491 

– Stainless steel interior 

– Generous lighting concept 

– Solid aluminium door racks 


– Integrated ice maker with fixed inlet 

water connection 

– One motorised glass shelf, 

adjustable when fully loaded 

– Fully extendable freezer drawer with 

practical divider 

– Energy efficiency class A+ 


Electronic temperature control with 

digital display. 

Technical Features 

Dynamic cold air distribution. 

Automatic defrosting with defrost water 

evaporation. 

Activated charcoal air filter. 

Energy-saving vacation mode. 

Open-door and malfunction alarm. 

Cooling 


No-frost technology with fast cooling. 

Temperature adjustable from 

+2 °C to +8 °C. 

2 safety glass shelves, 1 of which is 

motorised. 

1 asymmetrically split safety glass 

shelf, manually adjustable. 

2 fully extendable drawers with 

transparent front. 

Bright interior lighting with light pillars 

and 2 ceiling spots. 

4 height adjustable door racks, 2 of 

which are extra deep. 

2 door racks with transparent front 

flap. 

Fresh cooling 


No-frost technology. 

1 full width fully extendable fresh 

cooling drawer with transparent front, 

manually controllable. 

Freezing 


No-frost technology with fast freezing. 


-14 °C to -25 °C. 

4-star freezer compartment. 

Freezing capacity 23 kg/24 h. 

Storage time after a malfunction 22 h. 

2 fully extendable drawers. 

Interior lighting with 2 spots. 

Ice maker 

Integrated in the freezer compartment, 

with fixed inlet water connection. 

Can be switched off. 

Ice cube production approx. 

1.7 kg/24 h. 

Removable ice storage container with 

approx. 2 kg capacity. 

Consumption data 

Energy consumption 1.15 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 

Door opening angle of 115°, fixable at 

90°. 

Max. door panel weight: 

Each door 57 kg. 

Drawer 10 kg. 

Socket can be behind the appliance. 

Please read additional planning notes 

on page 204/205. 


RA 030 100 

Storage container with lid 

RA 035 030 

Bottle cooler in aluminium 

RA 450 010 

Activated charcoal filter for water filter 

system including saturation indicator 

Connection 



Water inlet. 


connection. 

Water pressure 2.4 to 8.3 bar.

RB 491 200 





With one door 




RA 460 000 


RA 460 011 



RA 421 910 



For RB 491, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 930 



RA 423 910 






separately. 


overall: 


depth 63 cm. 


the top rear. 

RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

RA 425 910 




RA 425 930 




RA 460 030 



RA 461 910 


WF 040 020 


WF 040 021 




400 series 

RB 491 









– One asymmetricly split glass shelf 










evaporation. 




Cooling 




+2 °C to +8 °C. 


motorised. 

1 asymmetrically split safety glass 

shelf, manually adjustable. 


transparent front. 



2 height-adjustable door racks, 1 of 

which is extra deep. 

1 door rack with transparent front flap. 

Fresh cooling 


No-frost technology. 

1 full width fully extendable fresh 

cooling drawer with transparent front, 


Freezing 




-14 °C to -25 °C. 




2 fully extendable drawers. 


Ice maker 





1.7 kg/24 h. 






Flat hinge. 

Door hinge right, reversible. 


90°. 


Door 25 kg. 

Drawer 10 kg. 



RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 


RA 450 010 




on page 204/205. 

Connection 



Water inlet. 


connection. 

Water pressure 2.4 to 8.3 bar. 


RC 462 200 


Niche width 61 cm, 


RC 472 200 





RA 460 000 


RA 460 011 



RA 421 610 

Stainless steel door panel with handle 

For 61 cm wide appliances, panel 

thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 630 

Aluminium door panel with handle 



RA 421 710 


For 76.2 cm wide appliances, panel 


RA 421 730 




RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

RA 460 020 


appliance fronts (for a flush front) 

RA 460 040 

Finger protection for extra long 

furniture fronts 

RA 461 612 


For 61 cm wide appliances, 

right-hinged. 

RA 461 613 


For 61 cm wide appliances, left-hinged. 

RA 461 712 


For 76.2 cm wide appliances, 

right-hinged. 

RA 461 713 



left-hinged. 


RA 030 100 



Vario refrigerator 400 series 

RC 462/RC 472 




– Net volume 365/477 litres 

– Fresh cooling drawer, temperature 

control from 0 °C to 3 °C 








Dynamic cold air distribution with 

Multi-Air-Flow. 


evaporation. 




Cooling 

Net volume 314/410 litres. 



+2 °C to +8 °C. 


motorised, 2 manually adjustable. 


transparent front, 1 of which deep and 

1 shallow. 



3 height adjustable door racks, 1 of 



Fresh cooling close to 0 °C 


Separate automatic temperature 

control, with settings for fish, meat or 

vegetables. 

1 large, fully extendable drawer with 

transparent front and integrated 

lighting. 



0.459/0.497 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 


Door opening angle of 115°, 

fixable at 90°. 

Max. door panel weight 35/21 kg. 



on page 204/205. 

Connection 

Total connected load 0.266/0.311 kW. 


RF 413 200 




Right-hinged 

RF 413 201 




Left-hinged 

RF 463 200 




Right-hinged 

RF 463 201 




Left-hinged 


RA 460 000 


RA 460 011 



RA 422 110 




RA 422 130 




RA 422 610 




RA 422 630 




RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

RA 460 020 



RA 460 040 



RA 461 114 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 115 



left-hinged. 

Vario freezer 400 series 

RF 413/RF 463 




– Illuminated dispenser for ice cubes, 

crushed ice and chilled water 


– Net volume 191/294 litres 







evaporation. 



Freezing 



-14 °C to -25 °C. 


Freezing capacity 9/14 kg/24 h. 

Storage time after a malfunction 

10/14 h. 

4 solid metal shelves, 2 of which are 

manually adjustable. 


transparent front, 1 of which large, 

1 regular. 


1 extra deep door rack. 


Ice and water dispenser 

Illuminated, with pull-down flap to 

accomodate large pitchers and sport 

bottles. 

Integrated, with fixed inlet water 

connection. 



1.9 kg/24 h. 

Ice cubes and crushed ice. 

Anti-Clump technology. 


approx. 2.5 kg capacity. 

Ice water supply approx. 1.5 litres. 




1.064/1.05 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 






on page 204/205. 

Connection 



Water inlet. 


connection. 


RA 461 614 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 615 



WF 040 020 


WF 040 021 




RA 035 030 


RA 450 010 




RF 411 200 




RF 461 200 




RF 471 200 







RA 460 000 


RA 460 011 



RA 421 110 




RA 421 130 




RA 421 610 




RA 421 630 




RA 421 710 




RA 421 730 




RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

RA 460 020 



RA 460 040 



RA 461 110 



right-hinged. 



RF 411/RF 461/RF 471 



– Net volume 211/314/417 litres 










evaporation. 



Freezing 



-14 °C to -25 °C. 


Freezing capacity 18/18/20 kg/24 h. 

Storage time after a malfunction 

14/19/19 h. 

4 solid metal shelves, 3 of which are 

manually adjustable. 


transparent front, 1 of which large, 

1 regular. 


4 height-adjustable door racks, 1 of 



Ice maker 

Integrated, with fixed inlet water 

connection. 



1.4 kg/24 h. 





0.839/0.964/1.162 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 

Door hinge left, reversible. 



Max. door panel weight 56/40/18 kg. 



on page 204/205. 

Connection 

Total connected load 

0.366/0.421/0.501 kW. 


Water inlet. 


connection. 


RA 461 111 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 610 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 611 



RA 461 710 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 711 



left-hinged. 

WF 040 020 


WF 040 021 




RA 035 030 


RA 450 010 


system including saturation indicator

RW 414 260 

fully integrated, with glass door 



RW 464 260 





RA 460 000 


RA 460 011 



RA 420 010 

Door lock 

RA 421 111 

Stainless steel door panel frame with 

handle 


left-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 112 




right-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 131 

Aluminium door panel frame with 




RA 421 132 





RA 421 611 



For 61 cm wide appliances, left-hinged, 

panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 421 612 





RA 421 631 





RA 421 632 





RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

Vario wine climate cabinet 400 series 

RW 414/RW 464 

– Two independently controllable 

climate zones 

– Consistant temperatures with exact 

control from +5 °C to +20 °C 

– Humidity control 


– Fully extendable bottle trays in 

beech and aluminium 

– Presentation light option 

– Low-vibration operation 

– Capacity 70/101 bottles 







evaporation. 


UV-protection. 



Features 


Capacity 70/101 bottles (based on 

0.75/l standard bottles). 

10 fully extendable bottle trays, up to 

4 of which for storage of magnum 

bottles. 

Space for max. 14 bottle trays or 

shelves in aluminium. 

Interior lighting with 3 ceiling spots, 

1 of which can be used as a 

presentation light in the lower climate 

zone. 



0.79/0.85 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 







on page 204/205. 

Connection 



RA 460 040 



RA 461 112 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 113 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 612 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 613 




HZ 360 011 

Humidor with beech veneer, 

for 50 cigars 

RA 093 630 

Presenter in aluminium for single bottle 

display (set of 3) for RW 464 

RA 491 131 

Fully extendable bottle tray in beech 

and aluminium 

For 45.7 cm wide appliances. 

RA 491 631 



For 61 cm wide appliances. 

RA 492 130 

Fully extendable shelves in aluminium 


Suitable for decanters, open bottles 

and humidors. 

RA 492 630 





RA 493 030 

Presenters in aluminium for single 

bottle display (set of 3) for RW 414 


Additional planning notes Vario cooling 400 series 

Vario cooling appliances are fixed at 

the top and bottom of the niche, on 

the side opposite the hinge. There is 

no fixation on the hinge side of the appliance, 

because the finger protection 

slides in between the appliance and 

the adjacent cabinetry. 

The side walls of the adjacent 

cabinetry have to be dimensionally 

stable. 

Vario cooling appliances can be 

installed handle to handle as a 

side-by-side solution. In this case, 

the side-by-side installation kit 

RA 460 000 is required. 

With all appliance combinations, the 

additional heating element 

RA 460 011 needs to be installed 

between the appliances to avoid 

condensation. This additional heating 

element is not necessary if the 

distance between the appliances is 

greater than 160 mm, or when the 

appliances are installed side-by-side. 

The heating element does not take up 

additional space. 

It is already included in the niche 

dimensions and does not interfere with 

the finger protection. 

If Vario cooling appliances are joined 

together hinge-to-hinge, one must plan 

an additional, dimensionally stable 

plinth between the appliances for the 

finger protection to function properly. 

If usability limitations are acceptable 

(opening both appliance doors simultaneously 

is not possible), appliances 

can be joined directly, using the additional 

heating element RA 460 011. 

When installing a Vario cooling 

appliances next to a BO/BS oven, 

a side clearance of 60 mm is required 

if the BO/BS handle bar is on 

the same side as the hinge of the Vario 

cooling appliance. 

Installation accessories: 

RA 460 000 

Accessory for 

side-by-side installation. 

RA 460 011 

Additional side heating element. 

RA 460 020 

Connecting element 

for vertically split appliance fronts (for 

a flush front). 

RA 460 030 

Connecting element 

for vertically split fronts 

(for fridge-freezer combination). 

RA 460 040 

Finger protection for 

extra long furniture fronts. 


Door opening angle 

The space needed for the hinge and the consequential distance to the adjacent 

cabinetry and its handle can, depending on the panel thickness, be seen in the following 

drawing. The drawing assumes a panel thickness of 19 mm. 

Wall clearance RC/RF/RW 

610 

D 

90° 

E2 

E1 

10,5 

115° 

19 

Appliance width D E1 E2 

45,7 cm 525 mm 235 mm 265 mm 

61 cm 677 mm 299 mm 330 mm 

76,2 cm 830 mm 363 mm 395 mm 

19 

49

Wall clearance RB 

982 

Wall clearance RY 

49 

Dimensions of the door panel and frame accessories 

Appliance width 45,7 cm 

230.5 

Appliance width 61 cm 

230,5 

610 

426 

19 

368 

368 

265 

235 

55 55 

55 

451 

554 

554 

603 

554 

554 

908 

2029 

90° 

115° 

55 55 55 

2029 

554 

554 

554 

554 

10,5 

(19) 

428 

115° 

460 

909 

115° 

2029 

603 

2029 

149 

554 

A B 

75 

554 

A B 

554 

257 

265 

235 

19 

49 

610 

19 

451 451 

554 

257 

49 

2029 

75 

603 

149 

2029 


55 

554 

554 


55 

55 

554 

554 

RB 491 RY 491 

The panel thickness is 19 mm. 

A: The cut-out for the ice and water dispenser is centred horizontally and vertically. 

B: The width of the side frame parts for the Vario wine climate cabinet can be 

between 65 mm and 82 mm. The recommended width is 75 mm. 

Plinth detail 

756 

787 

908 

181 

72 - 106 

2029 

102 

For a standard height, the maximum plinth height is 102 mm. 

The plinth panel thickness must not exceed 19 mm. 

1304 

722 

55 

451 451 

554 

554 

55 

787 

908 

554 

554 

1304 

722 


Special accessories Vario cooling 400 series. 

Appliance type Fridge-freezer 

combination 

Door panels / door panel frames 


Fridge-freezer 

combination 

Cooler Cooler 

RB 491 200 RY 491 200 RC 462 200 RC 472 200 

Stainless steel door panel with handles, panel thickness 19 mm. RA 421 910 RA 421 912 RA 421 610 RA 421 710 

Aluminium door panel with handles, panel thickness 19 mm. RA 421 930 RA 421 932 RA 421 630 RA 421 730 

Stainless steel door panel frame with handle, left-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

Stainless steel door panel frame with handle, right-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

Aluminium door panel frame with handle, left-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

Aluminium door panel frame with handle, right-hinged, panel thickness 19 mm. 

RA 420 010 Door lock 

RA 423 910 Cladding set in stainless steel for freestanding RB/RY 491 • • 

Ventilation grille 

(side walls, top, plinth panel). 

Door panels and ventilation grille in stainless steel must be orderd seperately. 

Cladded appliance measurements overall: 

Width 96 cm, Height 215 cm, Depth 63 cm. 

Appliances must be fi xed to the wall at the top rear. 

Stainless steel RA 461 910 RA 461 910 

Stainless steel, right-hinged. RA 461 612 RA 461 712 

Stainless steel, left-hinged. RA 461 613 RA 461 713 

Interior for wine climate cabinet 

Fully extendable bottle trays in beech and aluminium. 

Fully extendable shelves in aluminium. 

Suitable for decanters, open bottles and humidors. 

Presenter in aluminium for display of single bottles (set of 3). 

HZ 360 011 Humidor with beech veneer for 50 cigars. 

Handles 

RA 425 110 Stainless steel, length 1131 mm with 3 mounts, • • • • 

drilling distance 554 mm each. 

RA 425 130 Aluminium, length 1131 mm with 3 mounts, • • • • 


RA 425 910 Stainless steel, length 810 mm with 2 mounts, • • 


RA 425 930 Aluminium, length 810 mm with 2 mounts, • • 

Miscellaneous 


RA 035 030 Bottle cooler in aluminium. • • • • 

RA 450 010 Activated charcoral fi lter for water fi lter system • • 

including saturation indicator. 

ET 615 453 Activated charcoal air fi lter (spare part) • • • •

Freezer Freezer Freezer Freezer Freezer Freezer Freezer Wine climate 

cabinet 

Wine climate 

cabinet 

RF 413 200 RF 413 201 RF 463 200 RF 463 201 RF 411 200 RF 461 200 RF 471 200 RW 414 260 RW 464 260 

RA 422 110 RA 422 110 RA 422 610 RA 422 610 RA 421 110 RA 421 610 RA 421 710 


RA 421 111 RA 421 611 

RA 421 112 RA 421 612 

RA 421 131 RA 421 631 

RA 421 132 RA 421 632 

• • 



RA 491 131 RA 491 631 

RA 492 130 RA 492 630 

RA 493 030 RA 093 630 

• • 

• • • • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • 


RS 295 310* 

with fresh cooling close to 0 °C 

freestanding, stainless steel, fully 

cladded 


Width 91.4 cm, height 178 cm 

RS 295 330* 


freestanding, aluminium, fully cladded 




1 connection hose 

1 egg box with lid 

1 Gastronorm insert stainless steel 

1/3, unperforated 

1 Gastronorm lid stainless steel 1/3 


RA 030 100 


RA 450 010 





Vario Side-by-Side 200 series 

RS 295 

– Unique usage concept: 

– Maximum usage of interior: 

stepped shelf, full depth shelves 

as well as integrated fixtures for 

various containers 

– Easy access: fully extendable 

shelves and drawers 

– Optimal overview: intelligent 

lighting concept, use of glass and 

transparent materials 

– Efficient preparation, cooking 

and storage with Gaggenau 

appliances: integration of 

Gastronorm inserts 

– Three climate zones incl. fresh 

cooling close to 0 °C 




– Illuminated dispenser for ice cubes, 

crushed ice and chilled water 




temperature display. 

Touch keys. 



Anti-bacterial coating. 



Child lock. 

Top, side panels and ventilation grille 

in stainless steel. 

Cooling 


Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 

4 safety glass shelves, 2 of which are 

fully extendable and 1 height 

adjustable. 

Wine and champagne rack for 

4 bottles, can be completely folded 

away. 

Fixture for storing glass tray. 

2 large door racks with aluminium 

profile for bottles, 1 of which is height 

adjustable. With flexible bottle holder. 

4 door racks with aluminium profile, 

1 of which is height adjustable. 

Bright interior lighting with integrated 

glare-free light elements. 

Stepped shelf in aluminium for 

optimum use of interior and for storing 

GN inserts. 

Possible combinations: 

1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN and 1 x 1/3 GN 

1 large vegetable drawer. 

1 humidity drawer for vegetables. 




Separate automatic temperature 

control, with settings for fish, meat or 

vegetables. 


evaporation. 


Freezing 




- 14 °C to - 24 °C. 

Large 4-star freezer compartment. 

2 small 2-star areas. 




height adjustable. 

2 large freezer drawers. 

All freezer drawers and safety glass 

shelves can be removed. 

1 integrated shelf. 

3 door racks with aluminium profile. 

Bright interior light. 



For large pitchers and sport bottles. 

Ice maker integrated in the freezer 

compartment, with fixed inlet water 

connection. 



1.7 kg/24 h. 

Ice cubes and crushed ice. 

Anti-Clump technology. 



Fast ice production. 

Ice water supply approx. 1 litres. 




The large volume and the high 

performance of the appliance result in 

a higher noise level. 

Wall recess of 25 mm necessary. 

Front and back casters height 

adjustable from the front by 15 mm. 

Door opening angle of 160°, left door 


The socket and shut-off valve must be 

planned next to the appliance. 

Weight when empty 169 kg. 

Connection 



Water inlet. 


connection. 

Water pressure 2 to 8 bar.

Door opens to 160° when 

appliance is free-standing or 

integrated flush with the unit. 

If integrated next to a side 

wall, there must be a 

clearance of 350 mm on the 

left and 480 mm on the right 

(for a 90° door opening, a 

clearance of 80 mm is permissible 

on the left), so that the ice maker 

and drawers can be removed. 

If the appliance is fully integrated, 

there must be clearances of 

200 mm on both sides (for a 90° 

door opening, a clearance of 

30 mm is permissible on the left), 

so that the ice maker and drawers 

can be removed (intermediate 

panels flush with the body). 

View from the back 

Electrical connection to the appliance 

Water connection to the appliance 


RB 289 202 






2 ice packs 

2 egg trays 

1 wine and champagne rack 

1 glass tray 

1 ice cube tray 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 




200 series 

RB 289 















– Enlarged interior with 251 litre net 

volume through compressor 

relocation 

– Four climate zones incl. fresh 


– Cushioned door closing system 

allowing a soft and controlled door 

closure 

– Lowest energy consumption in 

class 

– Energy efficiency class A++ 




Touch keys. 


Cushioned door closing system from 

20° door opening angle, integrated in 

door hinge. 



Cooling 


Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 



adjustable. 



away. 


1 large door rack with aluminium profile 

for bottles with flexible bottle holder. 

1 door rack with aluminium profile. 


glare-free side light elements. 



GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 






evaporation. 


1 humidity drawer for vegetables with 

23 litres net volume. 

1 large drawer. 

Freezing 





-16 °C to -24 °C. 




2 freezer drawers, 1 of which extra 

large. 




Flat hinge. 




Appliance plinth recess 90 mm. 


Upper door 15 kg. 

Lower door 6 kg. 

Necessary gap between furniture door 

panels 4 mm. 

Connection 



RB 287 202 





2 ice packs 

2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 



GN1/3, unperforated 


GN 2/3, unperforated 


GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 



200 series 

RB 287 

















relocation 



closure 


class 





Touch keys. 





door hinge. 



Cooling 


Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 


height adjustable and 1 fully 

extendable. 



away. 





1 vegetable drawer. 





GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 


Freezing 




-16 °C to -24 °C. 





large. 




Flat hinge. 






Upper door 15 kg. 

Lower door 7 kg. 


panels 4 mm. 

Connection 




RT 289 202 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 





GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 




200 series 

RT 289 

















relocation 





closure 


class 





Touch keys. 




door hinge. 



Freezing 


Fast freezing. 

Storage temperature from 

-18 °C and lower. 




2 shelves, 1 of which removable, in 

safety glass. 

Cooling 



evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 

1 full depth safety glass shelf, fully 

extendable. 



adjustable. 



away. 









GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 






evaporation. 




2 drawers, 1 of which extra large. 




Flat hinge. 





Max. door panel weight 20 kg. 

Connection 



RT 287 202 

with cellar compartment 





2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 





GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 



200 series 

RT 287 

















relocation 

– Three climate zones incl. cellar 

compartment 



closure 


class 





Touch keys. 




door hinge. 



Freezing 









safety glass. 

Cooling 



evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 

2 safety glass shelves, 1 of which fully 

extendable and 1 height adjustable. 



away. 






2 small containers with transparent lid. 





GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 


Cellar compartment 



evaporation. 


+6 °C to +14 °C. 

1 wide drawer. 

2 tall drawers, also for upright storage 

of bottles, removable. 




Flat hinge. 






Door 15 kg. 

Drawer 6 kg. 


panels 4 mm. 

Connection 




RC 289 202 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 






GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 




RC 289 

















relocation 



– Combines with freezer RF 287 

(Side-by-Side-Integration) 



closure 


class 





Touch keys. 





door hinge. 

Open-door alarm. 


Cooling 


Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 

2 full depth safety glass shelves, fully 

extendable. 



adjustable. 



away. 









GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 





evaporation. 




2 drawers, 1 of which extra large. 




Flat hinge. 






Connection 



RF 287 202 





2 ice packs 



RF 287 



relocation 

– Flexible interior configuration: all 

drawers and safety glass shelves 

can be removed 

– Combines with fridge RC 289 




closure 


class 





Touch keys. 





door hinge. 


Features 



-16 °C to -24 °C. 





large. 

4 safety glass shelves between the 

freezer drawers. 

2 safety glass shelves with transparent 

front. 






Flat hinge. 






Connection 




RT 249 202 




Niche height 140 cm 


2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 





GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 




200 series 

RT 249 

















relocation 





closure 


class 





Touch keys. 




door hinge. 



Freezing 









safety glass. 

Cooling 



evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 



adjustable. 



away. 









GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 






evaporation. 








Flat hinge. 






Connection 



RC 249 202 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 






GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 



RC 249 

















relocation 







closure 


class 





Touch keys. 





door hinge. 



Cooling 


Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 

1 full depth safety glass shelf, fully 

extendable. 



adjustable. 



away. 









GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 





evaporation. 








Flat hinge. 






Connection 




RC 247 202 





2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 






GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 


GN 410 230 


RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 




RC 247 

















relocation 





closure 


class 





Touch keys. 





door hinge. 



Features 

Fast cooling. 


evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 



adjustable. 



away. 





2 vegetable drawers. 





GN inserts. 


1 x 1/3 GN 

2 x 1/3 GN 

3 x 1/3 GN 

1 x 2/3 GN 





Flat hinge. 






Connection 



RF 247 202 





2 ice packs 



RF 247 



relocation 

– Flexible interior configuration: all 

drawers and safety glass shelves 

can be removed 

– Combines with fridge RC 249/247 




closure 


class 





Touch keys. 





door hinge. 


Features 



-16 °C to -24 °C. 





large. 

3 safety glass shelves between the 

freezer drawers. 

1 safety glass shelf with transparent 

front. 






Flat hinge. 



90°. 



Connection 




RY 495 300 


integrated, frame for decor panels, top 

and side panels in stainless steel 



RY 495 310 



cladded 


RY 495 330 


freestanding, aluminium, fully cladded 



1 egg holder with lid 

1 activated charcoal filter cartridge 

for integrated water filter system 


DR 220 010 

Pressure regulator, tap water pressure 

6-10 bar, ¾” connection 

RA 421 011 

Stainless steel door panelling 

For RY 495 300. 

WF 040 020 


WF 040 021 




RA 035 030 


RA 050 100 

Replacement activated charcoal filter 

cartridge for integrated water filter 

system 


Fridge-freezer combination 

RY 495 

– Five climate zones incl. fresh 

cooling 

– Cooling with humidity control 




– Dispenser for chilled water in the 

cooling compartment 











Ventilation grille in stainless steel. 

Top panel and side panels in 

aluminium/stainless steel for 

RY 495 310/RY 495 330. 

Top panel in stainless steel for 

RY 495 300. 

Cooling 




evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 



2 humidity drawers for vegetables, 

automatically and manually 

controllable. 

2 large door racks for bottles. 

3 door racks, height adjustable. 


Water dispenser 

Ice water supply approx. 1.2 litres. 

Integrated water filter with saturation 

indicator. 

Fresh cooling 



evaporation. 

1 full width fresh cooling drawer, 


Freezing 




-16 °C to -24 °C. 



evaporation. 

Freezing capacity 9.5 kg/24 h. 


2 fully extendable freezer drawers. 

Ice maker 





2.5 kg/24 h. 


approx. 1.5 kg capacity. 




The large volume and the high 

performance of the appliance result in 

a higher noise level. 


Decor panel measurements: 

Doors 418 x 1074 mm. 

Drawer 905 x 577 mm. 

Thickness max. 4 mm. 

Front and back casters height 

adjustable from the front by 19 mm. 

The enclosed ventilation grille must be 

used. 

The socket and shut-off valve must be 

planned outside of the niche. 

Weight when empty 142/164 kg. 

Connection 



Water inlet. 


connection. 

Water pressure 2.4 to 6.9 bar.

RY 495 300 

RY 495 310/330 


RB 272 352 



cladded 

Width 70 cm, height 200.5 cm 

Right-hinged 

RB 272 353 



cladded 


Left-hinged 


2 ice packs 

1 berry tray 

2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 


RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 




RB 272 


cooling 

– Height adjustable safety glass 

shelves 

– Door racks with aluminium profiles 





digital temperature display. 

Touch keys. 





Stainless steel top and side panels. 


Cooling 




evaporation. 


+2 °C to +8 °C. 



Bright interior lighting with 2 spots. 

1 large door rack for bottles. 

5 door racks. 


Fresh cooling 



evaporation. 

1 humidity drawer, full width. 

Freezing 




-16 °C to -24 °C. 



evaporation. 



3 freezer drawers. 

1 mechanical ice maker. 





Distance on the side of the hinge 8 cm 

for 90 ° door opening and 19 cm for 

100 ° door opening. 

Front feet are height-adjustable, 

casters at the back. 

Connection 



RB 280 200 




White coloured innerliner 

RB 280 201 




Aluminium-coloured innerliner 


2 ice packs 

2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 



RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 



RB 280 


shelves 











Cooling 



evaporation. 


+2 °C to +11 °C. 




3 door racks. 


Freezing 




-16 °C to -24 °C. 


Defrost assistance. 







Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RT 282 101 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 



RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 



RT 282 




shelves 









Freezing 



Storage temperature -18°C and lower. 




2 shelves, 1 of which is removable. 




evaporation. 




4 door racks, 2 of which are height 

adjustable. 



Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +11 °C. 

2 extendable drawers, 1 of which is 

extra deep for bottles. 




Flat hinge. 


Connection 




RC 280 200 




Aluminium-coloured innerliner 


2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 


RA 030 100 



Refrigerator 

RC 280 


shelves 










Features 


evaporation. 




4 door racks. 





Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RT 242 200 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 


1 small storage container with lid 


RA 030 100 



RT 242 




shelves 











Freezing 







Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 

3 safety glass shelves, height 

adjustable. 


4 door racks. 




evaporation. 







Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RC 242 200 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 



RA 030 100 


Refrigerator 

RC 242 




shelves 










Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 


adjustable. 



4 door racks. 




evaporation. 







Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RT 222 101 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 




RA 030 100 



RT 222 




shelves 











Freezing 







Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 


adjustable. 



3 door racks. 




evaporation. 







Flat hinge. 


Connection 




RC 222 100 






2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 



RA 030 100 



Refrigerator 

RC 222 




shelves 










Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 


adjustable. 



3 door racks. 




evaporation. 







Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RT 220 201 





2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 



RA 030 100 



RT 220 


shelves 











Freezing 







Cooling 



evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 




3 door racks. 




Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RC 220 200 





2 egg trays 


1 glass tray 


RA 030 100 


Refrigerator 

RC 220 


shelves 










Features 


evaporation. 


+3 °C to +8 °C. 




3 door racks. 




Flat hinge. 


Connection 



RT 200 100 

fully integrated, under-counter 




1 egg tray 



RA 030 100 


RA 035 030 



RT 200 





Freezing 






Cooling 



evaporation. 

2 plastic-edged safety glass shelves, 

height adjustable, 1 of which can be 

partially folded away. 

1 2-fold safety glass pull-out shelf. 


4 door racks, 1 of which with 

transparent front flap. 

1 large vegetable compartment. 




Flat hinge. 



Plinth height for appliance height of 

820 mm: 100 – 170 mm. 


870 mm: 150 – 220 mm. 


used. 



Connection 




RC 200 100 





1 egg tray 


RA 030 100 



Refrigerator 

RC 200 


(Side-by-Side) 





Features 


evaporation. 

3 plastic-edged safety glass shelves, 

height adjustable, 1 of which can be 

partially folded away. 

1 2-fold safety glass pull-out shelf. 


4 door racks, 1 of which with 

transparent front flap. 

1 large vegetable compartment. 




Flat hinge. 




820 mm: 100 – 170 mm. 


870 mm: 150 – 220 mm. 


used. 



Connection 



RF 200 200 





2 ice packs 


Freezer 

RF 200 

– Combines with cooler RC 200 

(Side-by-Side) 




Malfunction signal. 

Features 


Temperature range adjustable. 








Flat hinge. 




820 mm: 100 – 170 mm. 


870 mm: 150 – 220 mm. 


used. 



Connection 



RW 414 260 




RW 464 260 





RA 460 000 


RA 460 011 



RA 420 010 

Door lock 

RA 421 111 





RA 421 112 





RA 421 131 





RA 421 132 





RA 421 611 





RA 421 612 





RA 421 631 





RA 421 632 





RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

Vario wine climate cabinet 400 series 

RW 414/RW 464 


climate zones 



– Humidity control 


– Fully extendable bottle trays in 

beech and aluminium 


– Low-vibration operation 

– Capacity 70/101 bottles 







evaporation. 





Features 


Capacity 70/101 bottles (based on 

0.75/l standard bottles). 

10 fully extendable bottle trays, up to 

4 of which for storage of magnum 

bottles. 

Space for max. 14 bottle trays or 

shelves in aluminium. 

Interior lighting with 3 ceiling spots, 

1 of which can be used as a 

presentation light in the lower climate 

zone. 



0.79/0.85 kwh/24 h. 


Flat hinge. 







on page 204/205. 

Connection 



RA 460 040 



RA 461 112 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 113 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 612 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 613 




HZ 360 011 


for 50 cigars 

RA 093 630 


display (set of 3) for RW 464 

RA 491 131 




RA 491 631 




RA 492 130 





RA 492 630 





RA 493 030 




RW 262 270 

freestanding, aluminium-framed glass 

door 



2 presenters in aluminium for single 

bottle display 

1 special display tray aluminium, incl. 

temperature display for one bottle 


RA 050 210 

Replacement activated charcoal air 

filter 

RA 293 030 


bottle display (set of 3) 

RA 293 031 


display incl. one temperature indicator 


Wine storage cabinet 

RW 262 

– One multi-temperature climate zone 



– Bottle trays in beech and aluminium 


– Lockable door 

– Capacity 197 bottles 










Features 


Capacity 197 bottles (based on 0.75/l 

standard bottles). 

6 bottle trays, removable and height 

adjustable. 





Front feet are height-adjustable, 

casters at the back. 

Min. door opening angle of 145°. 

Can be built-in up to corpus depth. 

Door has a minimum distance of 

40 mm to corpus. 

500 mm clearance hinge side and 

60 mm handle side necessary. 

Connection 



RW 424 260 

integrated, stainless steel-framed 

glass door 




HZ 360 011 

Humidor with beech veneer 

for 50 cigars 

RA 050 200 


filters, set of two, for upper and lower 

temperature zone 

RA 093 230 


bottle display (set of 3) 


RW 424 


climate zones 



– Extendable bottle trays in beech 







Presentation light option in each 

climate zone, dimmable. 

Interior lighting with automatic 

dimming with opening and closing of 

door. 



Humidity control. 

2 activated charcoal air filters, 1 in 

each climate zone. 




Features 




6 bottle trays, 4 of which are 

extendable. 

Storage of magnum bottles possible. 









Connection 



RW 404 260 

under-counter, stainless steel-framed 

glass door 




RA 050 200 




RA 491 630 

Extendable bottle tray in beech and 

aluminium 

Can be installed as forth drawer above 

the temperature divider. 


RW 404 


climate zones 



– Extendable bottle trays in beech 



– Lockable door 





Presentation light option in each 

climate zone, dimmable. 

Interior lighting with automatic 

dimming with opening and closing of 

door. 



Humidity control. 

2 activated charcoal air filters, 1 in 

each climate zone. 




Features 




5 bottle trays, 3 of which are 

extendable. 

Storage of magnum bottles possible. 






Door opening angle fixable at 95°. 



Connection 





for cooling appliances. 

DR 220 010 

Pressure regulator, tap water pressure 

6-10 bar, ¾“ connection 

GN 114 130 


GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 


GN 2/3 


GN 410 130 



GN 410 230 



HZ 360 011 


for 50 cigars 

RA 030 100 

Storage container with transparent lid 

RA 035 030 


RA 050 100 

Replacement activated charcoal filter 

cartridge for integrated water filter 

system 

RA 050 200 




RA 050 210 


filter 


RA 093 230 



RA 493 030 



RA 293 030 



RA 093 630 



RA 293 031 


display incl. one temperature indicator 

for RW 262 

RA 420 010 

Door lock 

RA 421 011 

Stainless steel door panelling 

For RY 495 300. 

RA 421 110 



thickness 19 mm.

RA 421 111 





RA 421 112 





RA 421 130 




RA 421 131 





RA 421 132 





RA 421 610 




RA 421 611 





RA 421 612 






RA 421 630 




RA 421 631 





RA 421 632 





RA 421 710 




RA 421 730 





RA 421 910 




RA 421 912 




RA 421 930 



RA 421 932 



RA 422 110 



thickness 19 mm.

RA 422 130 




RA 422 610 




RA 422 630 




RA 423 910 






separately. 


overall: 


depth 63 cm. 


the top rear. 

RA 425 110 




554 mm. 

RA 425 130 




554 mm. 

RA 425 910 




RA 425 930 




RA 450 010 



RA 460 000 


RA 460 011 


RA 460 020 



RA 460 030 



RA 460 040 



RA 461 110 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 112 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 114 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 111 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 113 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 115 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 610 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 612 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 614 



right-hinged. 


RA 461 611 



RA 461 613 



RA 461 615 



RA 461 710 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 712 



right-hinged. 

RA 461 711 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 713 



left-hinged. 

RA 461 910 


RA 491 131 



For RW 414. 

RA 491 630 

Extendable bottle tray in beech and 

aluminium 

Can be installed as forth drawer above 

the temperature divider. 

For RW 404. 

RA 491 631 



For RW 464. 

RA 492 200 

Shelves, set of 2 in glass and beech 

(1 of each). 



RA 492 130 


For RW 414. 



RA 492 630 


For RW 464. 



WF 040 020 

Brita descaling system 

For first installation. 

Descaling system, must be installed 

when connecting the appliance if water 

hardness exceeds 7 °dH or carbon 

hardness 5 °dH. 

Filter head with integrated non-return 

valve and filter. 

WF 040 021 





Vario cooling appliances 400 series. 

Appliance type Fridge-freezer combination Fridge-freezer combination Cooler 

Fully integrated / integrated RB 491 200 RY 491 200 RC 462 200 

Fully integrated, aluminium-coloured innerliner 


Aluminium 

Stainless steel glass door 

Aluminium glass door 

Dimensions 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (cm) 90.8 x 212.5 x 60.8 90.8 x 212.5 x 60.8 60.3 x 212.5 x 60.8 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (cm) 91.4 x 213.4 x 61 91.4 x 213.4 x 61 61 x 213.4 x 61 

Depth including wall clearance (cm) 61 61 61 

Weight when empty (kg) 250 252 176 

Shipping weight (kg) 271 274 193 

Maximum load weight (kg) 616 622 555 

Transport package dimensions W x H x D (cm) 100 x 226 x 74 100 x 228 x 75 70 x 228 x 74 

Type and configuration 

Fully integrated / integrated / under-counter / free-standing •/–/–/∘ •/–/–/∘ •/–/–/– 

Door hinge right / left / reversible •/–/• •/•/– •/–/• 

Full panelling / door panelling ∘/∘ ∘/∘ –/∘ 

Volume / consumption data 

Cooling / fresh cooling / fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / freezing / wine •/•/–/•/– •/•/–/•/– •/–/•/–/– 

Total gross volume / total net volume (l) 560/530 560/530 381/365 

– Net volume of cooling (l) 367 367 314 

– Net volume of fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / fresh cooling (l) 25 25 51 

– Net volume of freezing (l) 138 138 – 

Storage capacity 0.75 litre bottles (no.) – – – 

Energy effi ciency class A+ A+ A+ 

Annual energy consumption DIN EN 153 (kWh) 420 420 168 

Daily energy consumption per 100 l of net volume (kWh) 0.22 0.22 0.13 

Climate class SN – T SN – T SN – T 

Features 

Ice and water dispenser with clear ice / ice cubes / crushed ice / water •/–/– •/–/– –/–/– 

Fresh cooling zones with humidity control (no.) – – 1 

Cooling zones with humidity control (no.) – – – 

Temperature / climate zones (no.) 3 3 2 

Temperature display internal / external •/– •/– •/– 

Temperature adjustable to the precise degree • • • 

No-Frost technology • • • 

Automatic defrosting: cooling / fresh cooling / freezing •/•/• •/•/• •/•/– 

Presentation light (no.) – – – 

Lock – – – 

Humidity control – – – 

Activated charcoal air fi lter • • • 

Low-vibration operation – – – 

UV-protection – – – 

Stainless steel interior • • • 

Vacation mode • • • 

Malfunction, visual / audible warning signal •/• •/• •/• 

Door open, visual / audible warning signal or door lock indication –/• –/• –/• 

Cooling / fresh cooling 

Fast cooling • • • 

Dynamic cold air distribution • • • 

Levels in the interior (no.) 4 4 4 

Containers / drawers in the interior (no.) 3 3 2 

Door racks (no.) 3 6 4 

Wine 

Max. levels in the interior – – – 

Bottle tray fully extendable / extendable – – – 

Shelf fully extendable / extendable – – – 

Storage of Magnum bottles possible – – – 

Suitable for decanters, open bottles and humidors – – – 

Freezing 

Fast freezing • • – 

Freezing capacity (kg/24h) 23 23 – 

Storage time after a malfunction (hrs.) 22 22 – 

Interior compartments (no.) – – – 

Baskets, containers, drawers in the interior (no.) 2 2 – 

Door racks (no.) – – – 

Ice cube trays (no.) 1 1 – 

Connection 


Water connection inlet • • – 

• Standard. – Not available. ∘ Special accessory. ¹ RF 4.3 .00 only right, RF 4.3 .01 only left. 


s

Cooler Freezer Freezer Freezer Freezer Freezer Wine climate cabinet Wine climate cabinet 

RC 472 200 RF 413 200/201 RF 463 200/201 RF 411 200 RF 461 200 RF 471 200 RW 414 260 RW 464 260 

75.6 x 212.5 x 60.8 45.1 x 212.5 x 60.8 60.3 x 212.5 x 60.8 45.1 x 212.5 x 60.8 60.3 x 212.5 x 60.8 75.6 x 212.5 x 60.8 45.1 x 212.5 x 60.8 60.3 x 212.5 x 60.8 

76.2 x 213.4 x 61 45.7 x 213.4 x 61 61 x 213.4 x 61 45.7 x 213.4 x 61 61 x 213.4 x 61 76.2 x 213.4 x 61 45.7 x 213.4 x 61 61 x 213.4 x 61 

61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 

203 139 174 138 172 193 148 175 

222 153 189 152 187 210 163 192 

564 300 401 300 401 483 377 571 

82 x 225 x 74 54 x 225 x 74 70 x 225 x 74 54 x 228 x 74 70 x 225 x 74 85 x 226 x 74 54 x 226 x 74 70 x 228 x 74 

•/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

•/–/• •¹ /•¹ /– •¹ /•¹ /– –/•/• –/•/• –/•/• •/–/• •/–/• 

–/∘ –/∘ –/∘ –/∘ –/∘ –/∘ –/∘ –/∘ 

•/–/•/–/– –/–/–/•/– –/–/–/•/– –/–/–/•/– –/–/–/•/– –/–/–/•/– –/–/–/–/• –/–/–/–/• 

496/477 219/191 320/294 237/211 340/314 443/417 296/275 422/394 

410 – – – – – – – 

67 – – – – – – – 

– 191 294 211 314 417 – – 

– – – – – – 70 101 

A+ B B A+ A+ A+ – – 

181 388 383 306 352 424 288 310 

0.1 0.56 0.36 0.4 0.31 0.28 0.29 0.22 

SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – T 

–/–/– •/•/• •/•/• •/–/– •/–/– •/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

1 – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – 

2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 

•/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– 

• • • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • • 

•/•/– –/–/• –/–/• –/–/• –/–/• –/–/• •/–/– •/–/– 

– – – – – – • • 

– – – – – – ∘ ∘ 

– – – – – – • • 

• – – – – – • • 

– – – – – – • • 

– – – – – – • • 

• • • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • • 

•/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• 

–/• –/• –/• –/• –/• –/• –/• –/• 

• – – – – – – – 

• – – – – – – – 

4 – – – – – – – 

2 – – – – – – – 

4 – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – 14 14 

– – – – – – • • 

– – – – – – ∘ ∘ 

– – – – – – • • 

– – – – – – ∘ ∘ 

– • • • • • – – 

– 9 14 18 18 20 – – 

– 10 14 14 19 19 – – 

– 4 4 4 4 4 – – 

– 2 2 2 2 2 – – 

– 2 2 5 5 5 – – 

– 1 1 1 1 1 – – 

0.311 0.55 0.592 0.366 0.421 0.501 0.121 0.131 

– • • • • • – – 


Wine climate cabinets. 

Appliance type Wine storage cabinet Wine climate cabinet Wine climate cabinet 

Fully integrated / integrated 



Aluminium 

Stainless steel glass door RW 424 260 RW 404 260 

Aluminium glass door RW 262 270 

Dimensions 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (cm) 60 x 185.5 x 61.3 55.7 x 122.9 x 56 59.7 x 81.8-86.8 x 57.5 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (cm) – 56 x 122.1 x 55 60 x 82-87 x 58 

Depth including wall clearance (cm) 61.3+3 55 58 

Weight when empty (kg) 84 46.9 57.7 

Shipping weight (kg) 86 52 60.5 

Maximum load weight (kg) – – 

Transport package dimensions W x H x D (cm) 61 x 192 x 68 63.7 x 132 x 62.2 64 x 86 x 66 


Fully integrated / integrated / under-counter / free-standing –/–/–/• –/•/–/– –/–/•/– 

Door hinge right / left / reversible •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• 

Full panelling / door panelling •/– –/– –/– 


Cooling / fresh cooling / fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / freezing / wine –/–/–/–/• –/–/–/–/• –/–/–/–/• 

Total gross volume / total net volume (l) 414/365 195/187 127/126 

Storage capacity 0.75 litre bottles (no.) 197 64 41 

Energy effi ciency class – – – 

Annual energy consumption DIN EN 153 (kWh) 212 146 219 

Daily energy consumption per 100 l of net volume (kWh) 0.16 0.21 0.48 

Climate class SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST 

Features 

Temperature / climate zones (no.) 1 2 2 

Temperature display internal / external •/– •/– •/– 

Temperature adjustable to the precise degree • • • 

Automatic defrosting: cooling / fresh cooling / freezing •/–/– •/–/– •/–/– 

Presentation light (no.) • • • 

Lock • • • 

Humidity control • • • 

Activated charcoal air fi lter • • • 

Low-vibration operation • • • 

UV-protection • • • 

Malfunction, visual / audible warning signal •/– •/– •/– 

Door open, visual / audible warning signal or door lock indication –/– –/• –/• 


Dynamic cold air distribution – • • 

Levels in the interior (no.) – – – 

Wine 

Max. levels in the interior 11 6 5 

Bottle tray fully extendable / extendable –/– –/• –/• 

Shelf fully extendable / extendable –/– –/– –/– 

Storage of Magnum bottles possible • • • 

Suitable for decanters, open bottles and humidors – ∘ – 

Connection 


• Standard. – Not available. ∘ Special accessory. 



Vario cooling appliances 200 series. 

Appliance type Side-by-Side Fridge-freezer 

combination 



combination 


combination 

Fully integrated / integrated RB 289 202 RB 287 202 RT 289 202 


Stainless steel RS 295 310¹ 

Aluminium RS 295 330¹ 



Dimensions 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (cm) 91.4 x 178 x 70.3 55.6 x 177.2 x 54.5 55.6 x 177.2 x 54.5 55.6 x 177.2 x 54.5 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (cm) – 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 

Depth including wall clearance (cm) 70.3+2,5 55 55 55 

Weight when empty (kg) 169 74 69 70 

Shipping weight (kg) 187 80 75 76 

Maximum load weight (kg) – – – 

Transport package dimensions W x H x D (cm) 98 x 185 x 84 61 x 187 x 60 61 x 186 x 63 61 x 186 x 64 


Fully integrated / integrated / under-counter / free-standing –/•/–/• •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

Door hinge right / left / reversible •/•/– •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• 

Full panelling / door panelling •/• –/– –/– –/– 


Cooling / fresh cooling / fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / freezing / wine •/–/•/•/– •/–/•/•/– •/–/–/•/– •/–/•/•/– 

Total gross volume / total net volume (l) 657/517 273/251 287/264 299/289 

– Net volume of cooling (l) 320 132 189 183 

– Net volume of fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / fresh cooling (l) 19 57 – 78 

– Net volume of freezing (l) 178 62 75 28 

Energy effi ciency class A+ A++ A++ A++ 

Annual energy consumption DIN EN 153 (kWh) 459 227 219 220 

Daily energy consumption per 100 l of net volume (kWh) 0.24 0.25 0.23 0.21 

Climate class SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – ST 

Features 

Ice and water dispenser with clear ice / ice cubes / crushed ice / water •/•/• –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

Fresh cooling zones with humidity control (no.) – 1 – 1 

Cooling zones with humidity control (no.) 1 – – – 

Temperature / climate zones (no.) 4 4 2 4 

Temperature display internal / external –/• •/– •/– •/– 

Temperature adjustable to the precise degree • • • • 

No-Frost technology • • • – 

Automatic defrosting: cooling / fresh cooling / freezing •/–/• •/•/• •/–/• •/•/– 

Activated charcoal air fi lter • • – • 

Vacation mode • – – – 

Malfunction, visual / audible warning signal •/• •/• •/• •/• 

Door open, visual / audible warning signal or door lock indication •/• •/• •/• •/• 


Fast cooling • • • – 

Dynamic cold air distribution • • • • 

Levels in the interior (no.) 6 5 6 8 

Containers / drawers in the interior (no.) 2 2 1 2 

Door racks (no.) 5 2 3 4 

Wine and champagne rack • • • • 

GN insert • • • • 

Glass tray • • • • 

Egg racks (No. of eggs) 18 14 14 14 

Freezing 

Fast freezing • • • • 

Freezing capacity (kg/24h) 12 12 15 2 

Storage time after a malfunction (hrs.) 7 16 16 14 

Interior compartments (no.) 4 – – 2 

Baskets, containers, drawers in the interior (no.) 2 2 3 – 

Door racks (no.) 3 – – – 

Ice cube trays (no.) 1 1 1 1 

Ice packs (no.) 2 2 2 – 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 0,3 0.12 0.12 0.12 

Water connection inlet • – – – 


¹ Available 4. quarter 2010.

Fridge-freezer combination Cooler Freezer Fridge-freezer combination Cooler Cooler Freezer 

RT 287 202 RC 289 202 RF 287 202 RT 249 202 RC 249 202 RC 247 202 RF 247 202 

55.6 x 177.2 x 54.5 55.6 x 177.2 x 54.5 55.6 x 177.2 x 54.5 55.6 x 139.7 x 54.5 55.6 x 139.7 x 54.5 55.6 x 139.7 x 54.5 55.6 x 139.7 x 54.5 

56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 

55 55 55 55 55 55 55 

65 68 59 59 58 57 60 

70 74 65 63 63 62 65 

– – – – – – – 

61 x 186 x 65 61 x 185 x 63 65 x 198 x 65 61 x 149 x 63 61 x 147 x 64 58 x 146 x 62 58 x 146 x 62 

•/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

•/–/• •/–/• –/•/• •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• –/•/• 

–/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– 

•/–/–/•/– •/–/•/–/– –/–/–/•/– •/–/•/•/– •/–/•/–/– •/–/–/–/– –/–/–/•/– 

307/302 320/306 237/213 224/214 244/233 265/258 181/160 

274 228 – 129 176 258 – 

– 78 – 57 57 – – 

28 – 213 28 – – 160 

A++ A++ A++ A++ A++ A++ A++ 

194 121 222 185 113 99 190 

0.18 0.11 0.29 0.24 0.13 0.11 0.33 

SN – T SN – T SN – T SN – ST SN – T SN – T SN – T 

–/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

– 1 – 1 1 – – 

– – – – – – – 

3 3 1 4 3 1 1 

•/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– •/– 

• • • • • • • 

– – • – – – • 

•/–/– •/•/– –/–/• •/•/– •/•/– •/–/– –/–/• 

– • – • • – – 

– – – – – – – 

•/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• 

•/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• 

– • – – • • – 

• • – • • • – 

5 8 – 5 7 7 – 

6 3 – 3 2 2 – 

4 3 – 4 3 3 – 

• • – • • • – 

• • – • • • – 

• • – • • • – 

14 14 – 14 14 14 – 

• – • • – – • 

2 – 25 2 – – 25 

14 – 11 14 – – 11 

2 – 5 2 – – 7 

– – 4 – – – 5 

– – – – – – – 

1 – 1 1 – – 1 

– – 2 – – – 2 

0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 

– – – – – – – 


Other cooling appliances. 

Appliance type Fridge-freezer combination Fridge-freezer combination 

Fully integrated / integrated RY 495 300 


Stainless steel RY 495 310 

Aluminium RY 495 330 



Dimensions 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (cm) 91.4 x 178-180 x 68 91 x 178-180 x 68 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (cm) – 91.4 x 179-181 x 62 

Depth including wall clearance (cm) 68+2 68+2 

Weight when empty (kg) 164 142 

Shipping weight (kg) 199 173 

Maximum load weight (kg) 

Transport package dimensions W x H x D (cm) 100 x 182 x 84 100 x 182 x 82 


Fully integrated / integrated / under-counter / free-standing –/•/–/• –/•/–/– 

Door hinge right / left / reversible •/•/– •/•/– 

Full panelling / door panelling •/• –/o 


Cooling / fresh cooling / fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / freezing / wine •/•/–/•/– •/•/–/•/– 

Total gross volume / total net volume (l) 562/551 562/551 

– Net volume of cooling (l) 359 359 

– Net volume of fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / fresh cooling (l) 39 39 

– Net volume of freezing (l) 153 153 

Energy effi ciency class A A 

Annual energy consumption DIN EN 153 (kWh) 547 547 

Daily energy consumption per 100 l of net volume (kWh) 0.27 0.27 

Climate class SN – ST SN – ST 

Features 

Ice and water dispenser with clear ice / ice cubes / crushed ice / water •/–/• •/–/• 

Fresh cooling zones with humidity control (no.) – – 

Cooling zones with humidity control (no.) 2 2 

Temperature / climate zones (no.) 5 5 

Temperature display internal / external •/– •/– 

Temperature adjustable to the precise degree • • 

No-Frost technology • • 

Automatic defrosting: cooling / fresh cooling / freezing •/•/• •/•/• 

Defrost assistance freezing – – 

Activated charcoal air fi lter – – 

Vacation mode • • 

Malfunction, visual / audible warning signal –/– –/– 

Door open, visual / audible warning signal or door lock indication –/– –/– 


Fast cooling – – 

Dynamic cold air distribution • • 

Levels in the interior (no.) 5 5 

Containers / drawers in the interior (no.) 3 3 

Door racks (no.) 6 6 

Wine and champagne rack – – 

Glass tray – – 

Egg racks (No. of eggs) 12 12 

Freezing 

Fast freezing – – 

Freezing capacity (kg/24h) 9.5 9.5 

Storage time after a malfunction (hrs.) 20 20 

Interior compartments (no.) – – 

Baskets, containers, drawers in the interior (no.) 2 2 

Ice cube trays (no.) 1 1 

Ice packs (no.) – – 

Connection 


Water connection inlet • • 

• Standard. – Not available. ∘ Special accessory. ¹ RB 272 352 only door hinge right, RB 272 353 only door hinge left. 



combination 

RB 272 352/353¹ 


combination 


combination 


combination 

Cooler 

RB 280 200 RT 282 101 

RB 280 201 RC 280 200 

70 x 200.5 x 61.5 54.1 x 177.2 x 54.5 54.1 x 177.2 x 54.5 53.8 x 178.3 x 53.3 53.8 x 177.2 x 53.3 

– 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 56 x 178.3 x 55 56 x 177.5 x 55 

62+5 55 55 55 55 

118 73 71 68 69 

131 78 76 73 74 

– – – – 

82 x 212 x 80 60 x 186 x 66 62 x 185 x 64 61 x 186 x 63 61 x 185 x 63 

–/–/–/• •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

•¹/•¹/– •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• 

•/– –/– –/– –/– –/– 

•/•/–/•/– •/–/–/•/– •/–/–/•/– •/–/•/•/– •/–/–/–/– 

403/389 296/280 296/280 260/243 312/308 

284 221 221 74 308 

23 – – 133 – 

82 59 59 36 – 

A+ A+ A+ A+ A 

330 290 290 262 179 

0.23 0.28 0.28 0.3 0.16 

SN – T SN – T SN – T SN SN – ST 

–/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

– – – 1 – 

– – – – – 

3 2 2 4 1 

•/– •/– •/– •/– •/– 

• • • • • 

• – – – – 

•/•/• •/–/– •/–/– •/•/– •/–/– 

– • • • – 

• – – – – 

– – – – – 

•/• –/– –/– –/• –/– 

–/– •/– •/– –/– –/– 

• – – – – 

• • • • • 

4 5 5 3 7 

3 1 1 3 2 

6 5 5 5 6 

• • • • • 

• • • • • 

14 14 14 14 14 

• • • • – 

14 12 12 3 – 

20 22 22 18 – 

1 – – 2 – 

2 3 3 – – 

2 1 1 1 – 

2 2 2 – – 

0.12 0.12 0.12 0.09 0.09 

– – – – – 


Other cooling appliances. 

Appliance type Fridge-freezer combination Cooler 

Fully integrated / integrated RT 242 200 RC 242 200 



Aluminium 



Dimensions 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (cm) 53.8 x 139.8 x 53.3 53.8 x 139.8 x 53.3 

Niche dimensions W x H x D (cm) 56 x 140 x 55 56 x 140 x 55 

Depth including wall clearance (cm) 55 55 

Weight when empty (kg) 59 59 

Shipping weight (kg) 63 63 

Maximum load weight (kg) – – 

Transport package dimensions W x H x D (cm) 61 x 147 x 63 61 x 147 x 64 


Fully integrated / integrated / under-counter / free-standing •/–/–/– •/–/–/– 

Door hinge right / left / reversible •/–/• •/–/• 


Cooling / fresh cooling / fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / freezing / wine •/–/•/•/– •/–/•/–/– 

Total gross volume / total net volume (l) 212/211 232/230 

– Net volume of cooling (l) 134 170 

– Net volume of fresh cooling zone close to 0°C / fresh cooling (l) 60 60 

– Net volume of freezing (l) 17 – 

Energy effi ciency class A++ A+ 

Annual energy consumption DIN EN 153 (kWh) 181 155 

Daily energy consumption per 100 l of net volume (kWh) 0.24 0.18 

Climate class SN – ST SN – ST 

Features 

Ice and water dispenser with clear ice / ice cubes / crushed ice / water –/–/– –/–/– 

Fresh cooling zones with humidity control (no.) 1 1 

Temperature / climate zones (no.) 4 3 

Temperature display internal / external •/– •/– 

Temperature adjustable to the precise degree • • 

Automatic defrosting: cooling / fresh cooling / freezing •/•/– •/•/– 

Defrost assistance freezing • – 

Malfunction, visual / audible warning signal –/– –/– 

Door open, visual / audible warning signal or door lock indication •/– –/– 


Fast cooling • – 

Dynamic cold air distribution • • 

Levels in the interior (no.) 4 5 

Containers / drawers in the interior (no.) 4 4 

Door racks (no.) 5 5 

Wine and champagne rack • • 

Glass tray • • 

Egg racks (No. of eggs) 14 14 

Freezing 

Fast freezing • – 

Freezing capacity (kg/24h) 2 – 

Storage time after a malfunction (hrs.) 12 – 

Interior compartments (no.) 1 – 

Baskets, containers, drawers in the interior (no.) – – 

Ice cube trays (no.) 1 – 

Ice packs (no.) – – 

Connection 





combination 

Cooler Fridge-freezer 

combination 

Cooler Fridge-freezer 

combination 

Cooler Freezer 

RT 222 101 RC 222 100 RT 220 201 RC 220 200 RT 200 100 RC 200 100 RF 200 200 

53.8 x 122.1 x 53.3 53.8 x 122.1 x 53.3 54.1 x 122.1 x 54.2 54.1 x 122.1 x 54.2 59.8 x 82 x 54.8 59.8 x 82 x 54.8 59.8 x 82 x 54.8 

56 x 122.5 x 55 56 x 122.5 x 55 56 x 122.5 x 55 56 x 122.5 x 55 60 x 82 x 55 60 x 82 x 55 60 x 82 x 55 

55 55 55 55 55 55 55 

54 52 48 48 35 35 35 

57 56 52 52 37 37 38 

– – – – – – – 

61 x 130 x 63 60 x 130 x 63 61 x 129 x 63 60 x 130 x 64 66 x 90 x 62 66 x 90 x 62 66 x 90 x 62 

•/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– •/–/–/– –/–/•/– –/–/•/– –/–/•/– 

•/–/• •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• •/–/• 

•/–/•/•/– •/–/•/–/– •/–/–/•/– •/–/–/–/– •/–/–/•/– •/–/–/–/– –/–/–/•/– 

177/174 194/192 211/206 228/226 131/125 142/141 114/98 

98 132 189 226 110 141 – 

60 60 – – – – – 

16 – 17 – 15 – 98 

A++ A+ A++ A+ A+ A+ A 

169 146 159 131 173 118 211 

0.27 0.21 0.21 0.16 0.38 0.23 0.59 

SN – ST SN SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST SN – ST 

–/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– –/–/– 

1 1 – – – – – 

4 3 2 1 2 1 1 

•/– •/– •/– •/– –/– –/– •/– 

• • • • – – – 

•/•/– •/•/– •/–/– •/–/– •/–/– •/–/– •/–/– 

• – – – – – – 

–/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– •/• 

•/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– –/– 

• – – – – – – 

• • • • • • – 

4 5 5 6 3 4 – 

3 4 1 1 1 1 – 

4 4 5 5 5 5 – 

• • • • – – – 

• • • • – – – 

14 14 14 14 8 8 – 

• – • – • – • 

2 – 2 – 2 – 12 

12 – 12 – 12 – 24 

1 – 1 – 1 – – 

– – – – – – 3 

1 – 1 – 1 – 1 

– – – – – – 1 

0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 


248

Dishwashers / Washing machine / Condenser dryer. 

Vario dishwashers. 250–253 

Power dishwashers. 254–257 

Planning notes. 258–265 



Washing machine. 270 

Condenser dryer. 271 


249 

Dishwashers / 

Washing machine

DF 460 161 


Height 81.5 cm 

DF 461 161 



DF 460 161F 


with flexible hinge 


DF 461 161F 





1 baking tray spray head 


DA 020 010 

Stainless steel trim kit for 81,5 cm high 

dishwashers 

DA 020 110 

Stainless steel trim kit for 86.5 cm high 

dishwashers 

DA 021 000 

Hinge for all fully integrated 

diswashers 

DA 231 000 

Anthracite full glass door for 81.5 cm 

high dishwashers 

DA 231 010 


for 81.5 cm high dishwashers 

DA 231 030 

Aluminium-backed full glass door for 

81.5 cm high dishwashers 

DA 231 100 


dishwashers 

DA 231 110 


for 86.5 cm dishwashers 

DA 231 130 


86.5 cm dishwashers 

GH 045 010 

Handle bar with 2 mounts, stainless 

steel, Length 45 cm, drilling distance 

427 mm 

GH 045 030 

Handle bar with 2 mounts, aluminium, 

Length 45 cm, drilling distance 427 mm 

GZ 010 011 

Aqua stop extension (2 m long) for all 

dishwashers 


DA 041 060 

Flex Plus drawer for 14 place settings, 

incl. pull-out rails 

DA 042 030 

Silvercare cartridge for all dishwashers 

DA 043 060 

Glass basket for 60 cm wide 

dishwashers 

250 Dishwashers 

Dishwasher 

DF 460/DF 461 

– Vario dishwasher with 4 options, 

individually selectable: 

– Clean and dry dishes in 

57 minutes 

– Intensive cleaning in the whole 

of the lower basket and glass 

care in the upper basket at the 

same time 

– Enhanced drying performance 

– Maximum energy saving 

– Six programmes with Aqua sensor 

– Flex Plus basket system, 

extra-extendable and smooth 

running 

– Glasscare Plus technology 

– Bright interior light 

– Very quiet: 42 dB 

– Eurolabel AAA 

– Aqua stop with guarantee 



Display with time remaining indicator. 

Electronic refill indicator for salt and 

rinsing agent. 

Inflow water indicator. 


Info-Light. 

End of programme indicator. 

Time delay up to 24 hours. 


Glasscare Plus technology. 

Aqua sensor. 

Load sensor. 

Aqua stop with guarantee. 

Dosage Assist. 

Automatic detergent function. 

Regeneration electronics. 

Heat exchanger. 

Low temperature drying with Zeolite. 


Soft lock. 

Triple filter system, self-cleaning. 

Child lock. 

Programmes 

6 programmes: 

Auto 65 °C - 75 °C. 

Auto 45 °C - 65 °C. 

Auto 35 °C - 45 °C. 

Standard Eco 50 °C. 

Quick wash 45 °C (29 min.). 

Pre-rinse. 

4 options: 

Power. 

Intensive. 

Extra Dry. 

Energy Save. 

Features 

Flex Plus upper basket: 

Extra-extendable. 

Smooth running. 

Rackmatic with 3 levels, adjustable in 

height up to 5 cm. 

6 folding spines. 

4 folding racks. 

2 glass support bars. 

Flex Plus lower basket: 

Dividable glass support. 



Cutlery basket. 

Maximum dish sizes (upper/lower 

basket) for 81.5 cm high dishwashers 

27/25, 24.5/27.5 or 22/30 cm 

respectively. 



29/28, 26.5/30.5 or 24/33 cm 

respectively. 

13 place setting capacity. 

Maximum glass loading capacity 

23 wine glasses. 


Eurolabel AAA. 

From 10 l water. 

From 0.96 kwh. 

Noise level 42 dB (re 1 pW). 



Appliance plinth recess 100 mm (see 

drawing). 

Rear feet adjustable at front. 

Door weight up to 10 kg. 

Door panel dimension dependent on 

plinth height of kitchen furniture. 

Installation possible in tall unit. 

Please read additional planning notes, 

also concerning flexible hinge, 

on page 258 – 265. 

Connection 


Connecting cable plugable. 

Water connection with 3/4” screw 

joint. 

Connection to hot or cold water 

possible. 

Length of connection cable, water in- 

and outlet see detailed drawing on 

page 266/267.

Dishwashers 251

DI 460 111 

integrated 

Stainless steel panel 


DI 460 131 

integrated 

Aluminium panel 


DI 461 111 

integrated 

Stainless steel panel 


DI 461 131 

integrated 

Aluminium panel 





DA 020 010 


dishwashers 

DA 020 110 


dishwashers 

DA 021 000 


diswashers 

GZ 010 011 


dishwashers 


DA 041 060 



DA 042 030 


DA 043 060 


dishwashers 


Dishwasher 

DI 460/DI 461 

– Vario dishwasher with 4 options, 

individually selectable: 

– Clean and dry dishes in 

57 minutes 

– Intensive cleaning in the whole 

of the lower basket and glass 

care in the upper basket at the 

same time 

– Enhanced drying performance 

– Maximum energy saving 




running 

– Glasscare Plus technology 

– Bright interior light 






Top display with time remaining 

indicator. 

Front display with clear text. 





Info-Light. 




Glasscare Plus technology. 

Aqua sensor. 

Load sensor. 






Low temperature drying with Zeolite. 


Soft lock. 


Child lock. 

Programmes 

6 programmes: 

Auto 65 °C - 75 °C. 

Auto 45 °C - 65 °C. 

Auto 35 °C - 45 °C. 



Pre-rinse. 

4 options: 

Power. 

Intensive. 

Extra Dry. 

Energy Save. 

Features 
















27/25, 24.5/27.5 or 22/30 cm 

respectively. 



29/28, 26.5/30.5 or 24/33 cm 

respectively. 












drawing). 







on page 258 – 265. 

Connection 




joint. 


possible. 



page 266/267.

Dishwashers 253

DF 260 161 



DF 261 161 



DF 260 161F 




DF 261 161F 







DA 020 010 


dishwashers 

DA 020 110 


dishwashers 

DA 021 000 


diswashers 

DA 231 000 



DA 231 010 



DA 231 030 



DA 231 100 


dishwashers 

DA 231 110 



DA 231 130 



GH 045 010 



427 mm 

GH 045 030 



GZ 010 011 


dishwashers 


DA 041 060 



DA 042 030 


DA 043 060 


dishwashers 


Dishwasher 

DF 260/DF 261 

– Power dishwasher: dishes clean 

and dry in 59 minutes 


and two options 



running 

– Glasscare technology 










Info-Light. 




Glasscare technology. 

Aqua sensor. 

Load sensor. 







Soft lock. 


Child lock. 

Programmes 

6 programmes: 

Auto 65 °C - 75 °C. 

Auto 45 °C - 65 °C. 

Auto 35 °C - 45 °C. 



Pre-rinse. 

2 Options: 

Power. 

Intensive. 

Features 
















27/25, 24.5/27.5 or 22/30 cm 

respectively. 



29/28, 26.5/30.5 or 24/33 cm 

respectively. 












drawing). 






Please read additional planning notes, 

also concerning flexible hinge, 

on page 258 – 265. 

Connection 




joint. 


possible. 



page 266/267.

Dishwashers 255

DF 240 161 



DF 241 161 






DA 020 010 


dishwashers 

DA 020 110 


dishwashers 

DA 021 000 


diswashers 

DA 231 000 



DA 231 010 



DA 231 030 



DA 231 100 


dishwashers 

DA 231 110 



DA 231 130 



GH 045 010 



427 mm 

GH 045 030 



GZ 010 011 


dishwashers 


DA 042 030 


DA 043 060 


dishwashers 


Dishwasher 

DF 240/DF 241 



– Four programmes with Aqua sensor 

and two options 

– Glasscare technology 










Info-Light. 




Glasscare technology. 

Aqua sensor. 

Load sensor. 







Soft lock. 


Child lock. 

Programmes 

4 programmes: 

Auto 65 °C - 75 °C. 

Auto 45 °C - 65 °C. 



2 Options: 

Power. 

Intensive. 

Features 

Flex upper basket: 





1 knife rack. 

Flex lower basket: 






27/25, 24.5/27.5 or 22/30 cm 

respectively. 



29/28, 26.5/30.5 or 24/33 cm 

respectively. 










drawing). 







on page 258 – 265. 

Connection 




joint. 


possible. 



page 266/267.

DF 240 140 


Height 81 cm, width 45 cm 




DA 021 000 


diswashers 

DA 024 010 

Side-by-side connection kit for 81 cm 


GH 035 010 



327 mm 

GH 035 030 



GZ 010 011 


dishwashers 

GZ 010 050 

Stainless steel trim kit for 45 cm wide 

dishwashers 


GZ 010 020 

Silvercare cartridge for 45 cm wide 

dishwashers 

Dishwasher 

DF 240 



– Four programmes with Aqua sensor 

and option 

– Quiet: 45 dB 








Info-Light. 




Aqua sensor. 






Soft lock. 

Quadruple filter system, self-cleaning. 

Programmes 

4 programmes: 

Auto 55 °C - 65 °C. 



Pre-rinse. 

Option: 

Power. 

Features 

Flex upper basket: 


height of 5 cm. 


1 folding rack. 

1 knife rack. 

Flex lower basket: 




basket) 27/25 bzw. 22/30 cm. 





From 0.8 kwh. 





drawing). 


Door weight up to 9.5 kg. 





on page 258 – 265. 

Connection 


Connecting cable with plug. 


joint. 


possible. 



page 266/267. 

Dishwashers 257

Additional planning notes for standard dishwashers (without flexible hinge) 

For niche heights from 815 to 

855 mm, in most cases, the 81.5 cm 

high dishwasher must be planned, 

regardless of the plinth height. 





If the niche height amounts to 865 or 

875 mm, please note: 

Whether the 81.5 cm high dishwasher 

or the 86.5 cm high dishwasher can 

be used here depends on the plinth 

height. 

The door panels can’t be used with 

dishwashers with flexible hinge. 

The door panel is continuously variable 

for height over a range of 49 mm. 


← Plinth height in mm 

Cabinet height 655–725 mm 

Cabinet height 705–775 mm 

Niche height in mm → 

815 825 835 845 855 865 875 885 895 905 915 925 

Additional planning notes – tall unit installation of standard dishwashers (without flexible hinge) 

Tall unit installation of dishwashers 

without slanted drawer panel 

The table contains the gap size required between the 

kitchen furniture door panel and drawer panel with 

reference to niche height, plinth height and panel 

thickness when using a standard kitchen furniture 

door panel for dishwashers installed below worktops. 

Niche 

height 

Base 

Door pivot 

Dishwasher 

door panel 

Plinth 

height 

* The pivot area of the door should 

be at least 4 mm. 


with slanted drawer panel 

Base 

Dishwasher 

door panel 

Plinth 

height 

*) 

Panel thickness 

Gap size 

5 mm 

Drawer panel 

The table contains the gap size required between the 

kitchen furniture door panel and drawer panel with 

reference to niche height, plinth height and panel 

thickness when using a standard kitchen furniture 

door panel for dishwashers installed below worktops. 

Niche 

height 

Door pivot 

*) 

35° 

* The pivot area of the door should 

be at least 4 mm. 

Panel thickness 

Gap size 

5 mm 

Drawer panel 

Niche height Panel thickness Plinth height (mm) 

(mm) (mm) 

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 

815 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 22,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 25,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 28,5 

825 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 22,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 25,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 28,5 

835 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 

845 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 

855 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 

865 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 22,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 25,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 28,5 

875 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 22,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 25,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 28,5 

885 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 19 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 22 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 24,5 

895 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 16,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 18,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 21 

905 16 10,5 11 12 13 14,5 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 16,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 18,5 

915 16 10,5 11 12 13 

19 12 12,5 13,5 15 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 

925 16 10,5 11 12 

19 12 12,5 13,5 

22 13,5 14,5 15,5 


(mm) (mm) 

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 

815 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 15,5 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 17 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 18 

825 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 15,5 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 17 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 18 

835 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 

845 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 

855 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 

865 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 15,5 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 17 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 18 

875 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 15,5 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 17 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 18 

885 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 12 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 13 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 14 

895 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 9 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 11 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 11,5 

905 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 8 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 9,5 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 

915 16 6,5 6,5 7 7,5 

19 7 7,5 8 8,5 

22 7,5 7,5 8 9 

925 16 6,5 6,5 7 

19 7 7,5 8 

22 7,5 7,5 8 

Dishwashers 259

Additional planning notes for dishwashers with flexible hinge 









If the niche height amounts between 

865 and 875 mm, please note: 

Whether the 81.5 cm high dishwasher 

or the 86.5 cm high dishwasher can 

be used here depends on the plinth 

height. 

If the installation of a dishwasher 

with flexible hinge is necessary or not 

depends on several factors. 

In addition to the matrix on the right 

please also use the information and 

planning notes on www.gaggenau.com 

concerning the flexible hinge. 


← Plinth height in mm 

Cabinet height 655-750 mm 

Niche height in mm → 

815 820 825 830 835 840 845 850 855 860 

65 

70 

75 

80 

85 

90 

95 

100 

105 

110 

115 

120 

125 

130 

135 

140 

145 

150 

155 

160 

165 

170 

175 

180 

185 

190 

195 

200 

205 

210 

215 

220 

= 81.5 cm high dishwasher with fl exible hinge DF 460 161F / DF 260 161F 

= 86.5 cm high dishwasher with fl exible hinge DF 461 161F / DF 261 161F

Cabinet height 705-800 mm 

865 870 875 880 885 890 895 900 905 910 915 920 925 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dishwashers 261

Additional planning notes – tall unit installation of dishwashers with flexible hinge 


with flexible hinge – without slanted 

drawer panel 

The table contains the gap size 

required between the kitchen furniture 

door panel and drawer panel with 

reference to niche height, plinth height 

and panel thickness when using a 

standard kitchen furniture door panel 

for dishwashers installed below 

worktops. 



(mm) (mm) 

65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 

815 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4 4 

19 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 

22 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 

820 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4 

19 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 

22 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 

825 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 

19 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 

22 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 

830 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 

19 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 

22 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 

835 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 

19 4 4 4,5 4,5 

22 4,5 4,5 5 5 

840 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 

19 4 4 4,5 

22 4,5 5 5 

845 16 3,5 3,5 

19 4 4 

22 4,5 4,5 

850 16 3,5 

19 4 

22 4,5 

855 16 

19 

22 

860 16 

19 

22 

865 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4 4 

19 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 

22 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 

870 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4 

19 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 

22 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 

875 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 

19 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 

22 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 

880 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 

19 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 

22 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 

885 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 

19 4 4 4,5 4,5 

22 4,5 4,5 5 5 

890 16 3,5 3,5 3,5 

19 4 4 4,5 

22 4,5 5 5 

895 16 3,5 3,5 

19 4 4 

22 4,5 4,5 

900 16 3,5 

19 4 

22 4,5 

905 16 

19 

22 

910 16 

19 

22 

915 16 

19 

22 

920 16 

19 

22 

925 16 

19 

22

105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 

4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

4,5 5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

4 4 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 

4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 

5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 

3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 

4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 

4,5 4,5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 

3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 

4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 

4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 

4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

4,5 5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

4 4 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 7 

4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 9 

5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 12 

3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 6,5 

4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 7,5 

5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 10 

3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 

4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 7 

4,5 4,5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 9 

3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 

4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 6 

4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 8 

3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 

4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 6 

4,5 4,5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 7,5 

3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 

4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 

4,5 5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 6,5 

3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 

4 4 4,5 4,5 4,5 5 5 5 5 5,5 

4,5 4,5 5 5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6,5 

Dishwashers 263

Additional planning notes – tall unit installation of dishwashers with flexible hinge 


with flexible hinge – with slanted 

drawer panel 

The table contains the gap size 

required between the kitchen furniture 

door panel and drawer panel with 

reference to niche height, plinth height 

and panel thickness when using a 

standard kitchen furniture door panel 

for dishwashers installed below 

worktops. 



(mm) (mm) 

65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 

815 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 

19 2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 

22 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 

820 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 

19 2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 

22 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 

825 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 

19 2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 

22 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 

830 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 

19 2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 

22 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 

835 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 

19 2,5 2,5 3 3 

22 3 3 3 3,5 

840 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 

19 2,5 2,5 3 

22 3 3 3 

845 16 2,5 2,5 

19 2,5 2,5 

22 3 3 

850 16 2,5 

19 2,5 

22 3 

855 16 

19 

22 

860 16 

19 

22 

865 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 

19 2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 

22 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 

870 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 

19 2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 

22 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 

875 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 

19 2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 

22 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 

880 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 

19 2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 

22 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 

885 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 

19 2,5 2,5 3 3 

22 3 3 3 3,5 

890 16 2,5 2,5 2,5 

19 2,5 2,5 3 

22 3 3 3 

895 16 2,5 2,5 

19 2,5 2,5 

22 3 3 

900 16 2,5 

19 2,5 

22 3 

905 16 

19 

22 

910 16 

19 

22 

915 16 

19 

22 

920 16 

19 

22 

925 16 

19 

22

105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 

3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 

2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 

3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 

2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 

2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 

3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 

2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 

2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 

3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 

3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 5,5 

3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 

3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 

2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 

2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 6 

3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 7,5 

2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 

2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 5 

3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 6,5 

2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 

2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 5 

3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 6 

2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 4 

2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 4,5 

3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 5 

2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 4 

2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4,5 

3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 4,5 

2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 3 3 3 3,5 3,5 

2,5 2,5 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 

3 3 3 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 4 4 4,5 

Dishwashers 265


for dishwashers. 

Flex Plus baskets 

Supplied as standard for all 

dishwashers with 6 programmes. 

Flex Plus upper basket 

Flex Plus lower basket Dividable glass support. 




Handle for easier removal of the 

lower basket. 


Flex Plus upper and lower basket 

for more flexibility and easier handling 

when loading and unloading the 

dishwasher. 




With extra-extendable smooth running 

pull-out rails as well as Rackmatic with 

3 levels, adjustable in height up to 5 

cm. 

Handle for easier removal of the 

upper basket. 

DA 020 010 


dishwashers 

Set of 2, for left and right. 

To cover the gap between appliance 

and adjacent furniture and for better 

fixation of the appliance in the niche. 

The white frame is replaced by a 

stainless steel trim kit. 

W x D in cm: 2.2 x 2.0. 

Height 62.2 cm. 

DA 020 110 


dishwashers 







W x D in cm: 2.2 x 2.0. 


GZ 010 050 

Stainless steel trim kit for 45 cm wide 

dishwashers 







W x D in cm: 2.2 x 2.0. 


DA 021 000 


diswashers 

Installation solution for all dishwashers 

with a niche height of up to 92 cm and 

split furniture panel. 

The hinge is fastened to the plinth of 

the appliance and the lower part of the 

split furniture panel is mounted onto it. 

Height upper part of the split furniture 

panel: 

64.5 – 68 cm 

for 81.5 cm high dishwashers. 

69.5 – 73 cm 

for 86.5 cm high dishwashers. 

DA 024 010 

Side-by-side connection kit for 81 cm 


For optimum installation of two 

dishwashers placed side by side and 

for panelling which is pleasing to the 

eye. 

For a total niche width of 90 to 120 cm. 

Each dishwasher requires its own fuse.

DA 041 060 



3rd level above the Flex plus baskets. 

For large pieces of cutlery, cooking 

utensils and espresso cups. 

14 place setting capacity with all 

3 levels. 

DA 042 030 


Made of aluminium to protect 

silverware from corrosion. 

Easy use of cartridge in the cutlery 

basket. 

W x H x D in cm: 5.5 x 20.2 x 4.1. 

DA 043 060 


dishwashers 

Special basket to prevent tipping of 

cups or long stemmed glasses. 

Fold the folding spines in the lower 

basket down to fit the glass basket. 

Holds max. 12 long stemmed glasses 

or 24 cups. 

Glass basket with 4 folding racks, 

silver-coloured. 

W x H x D in cm: 49 x 23 x 26. 

DA 231 000 



Height adjustable by 49 mm, 

height 67 to 71.9 cm. 

W x D in cm: 59 x 1.9. 

Handle: W x D x Ø in cm: 45 x 4.9 x 1.4. 

DA 231 100 


dishwashers 



W x D in cm: 59 x 1.9. 


DA 231 010 





W x D in cm: 59 x 1.9. 


DA 231 110 





W x D in cm: 59 x 1.9. 


DA 231 030 





W x D in cm: 59 x 1.9. 


DA 231 130 





W x D in cm: 59 x 1.9. 


GZ 010 020 

Silvercare cartridge for 45 cm wide 

dishwashers 

GH 035 010 

Handle bar with 2 mounts, 

stainless steel, 

Length 35 cm, 

drilling distance 327 mm. 

GH 035 030 


Length 35 cm, 


GH 045 010 

Handle bar with 2 mounts, 

stainless steel, 

Length 45 cm, 


GH 045 030 


Length 45 cm, 


GZ 010 011 


for all dishwashers. 

Extends the water inlet and outlet up to 

3.6 m. 

Necessary if distance from water 

connection is more than 1.2 or 1.4 m 

(see drawing). 

Connection dimensions for 60 cm wide 

dishwashers. 

Data in brackets () refers to Aqua stop 

extension GZ 010 011. 

1,3 m 

(3,6 m) 1,4 m 

(3,6 m) 1,6 m 

Connection dimensions for 45 cm wide 

dishwashers. 

Data in brackets () refers to Aqua stop 

extension GZ 010 011. 

1,4 m 

(3,5 m) 1,3 m 

(3,5 m) 1,5 m 

60 

45 

1,6 m 

1,2 m (3,4 m) 

1,2 m (3,2 m) 

1,7 m 

1,4 m (3,6 m) 

1,4 m (3,4 m) 

Dishwashers 267

Dishwasher. 

Appliance type Dishwasher Dishwasher Dishwasher 

Model Fully integrated Integrated Integrated 

Panel colour Stainless steel Aluminium 

Appliance height 81 cm 

Appliance height 81.5 cm DF 460 161 DI 460 111 DI 460 131 

Appliance height 86.5 cm DF 461 161 DI 461 111 DI 461 131 

Appliance height 81.5 cm with fl exible hinge DF 460 161F 

Appliance height 86.5 cm with fl exible hinge DF 461 161F 

Width / capacity 

Width (cm) 60 60 60 

Capacity in place settings 13/14³ 13/14³ 13/14³ 

Dish size up to (cm) 30¹/33² 30¹/33² 30¹/33² 

Eurolabel 

Energy effi ciency class A A A 

Cleaning effi ciency class A A A 

Drying effi ciency class A A A 

Consumption data / noise level 

Test programmme Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C 

Water consumption (l) 10 10 10 

Electricity consumption (kWh) 0.96 0.96 0.96 

Total annual consumption (220 days) (kWh) 211 211 211 

(l) 2200 2200 2200 

Noise level (dB (re 1 pW)) 42 42 42 

Programmes 

Number of programmes + options 6 + 4 6 + 4 6 + 4 

Programmes Auto 65°C–75°C Auto 65°C–75°C Auto 65°C–75°C 

Auto 45°C–65°C Auto 45°C–65°C Auto 45°C–65°C 


Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C 

Quick wash 45°C Quick wash 45°C Quick wash 45°C 

Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse 

Options Power (57 min.) Power (57 min.) Power (57 min.) 

Intensive Intensive Intensive 

Extra Dry Extra Dry Extra Dry 

Energy Save Energy Save Energy Save 

Features 

Glasscare Plus technology / Glasscare technology •/– •/– •/– 

Aqua sensor • • • 

Load sensor • • • 

Dosage Assist • • • 

Automatic detergent function • • • 

Regeneration electronics • • • 

Heat exchanger • • • 

Low temperature drying with Zeolite • • • 

Continous fl ow heater • • • 

Electronic refi ll indicator for salt • • • 

Electronic refi ll indicator for rinsing agent • • • 

Infl ow water indicator • • • 

Time remaining indicator • • • 

Info-Light • • • 

Bright interior light • • • 

Time delay 24 h 24 h 24 h 

Soft lock • • • 

Filter system self-cleaning • • • 

Flex plus upper basket, extra-extendable and smooth running, with handle • • • 

Flex plus bottom lower basket with dividable glass support • • • 

Flex plus drawer (DA 041 060) insertable • • • 

Folding spines in upper / lower basket 6/6 6/6 6/6 

Folding racks in upper / lower basket 4/2 4/2 4/2 

Rackmatic 3-level 3-level 3-level 


Aqua stop with guarantee • • • 

Baking tray spray head • • • 

Connection 

Connection to hot / cold water possible •/• •/• •/• 


• Standard. – Not available. ¹ Appliance height 81.5 cm. 

² Appliance height 86.5 cm. ³ with special accessory DA 041 060. 

268 Dishwashers

Dishwasher Dishwasher Dishwasher 

Fully integrated Fully integrated Fully integrated 

DF 260 161 DF 240 161 

DF 261 161 DF 241 161 

DF 260 161F 

DF 261 161F 

60 60 45 

13/14³ 13 9 

30¹/33² 30¹/33² 30 

A A A 

A A A 

A A A 

DF 240 140 

Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C Standard Eco 50°C 

10 10 11 

0.96 0.96 0.8 

211 211 176 

2200 2200 2420 

42 44 45 

6 + 2 4 + 2 4 + 1 


Auto 45°C–65°C Auto 45°C–65°C Standard Eco 50°C 

Auto 35°C–45°C Standard Eco 50°C Quick wash 45°C 

Standard Eco 50°C Quick wash 45°C Pre-rinse 

Quick wash 45°C 

Pre-rinse 

Power (59 min.) Power (59 min.) Power (70 min.) 

Intensive Intensive 

–/• –/• –/– 

• • • 

• • – 

• • – 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

– – – 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

• • • 

– – – 

24 h 24 h 19 h 

• • • 

• • • 

• – – 

• – – 

• – – 

6/6 2/4 –/• 

4/2 2/2 1/– 

3-level 3-level 2-level 

• • – 

• • • 

• • • 

•/• •/• •/• 

2.3 2.3 2.3 

Dishwashers 269

WM 260 160 

Freestanding, under-counter or 

stackable 



WA 200 001 

Aqua stop extension 

WA 200 003 

Floor fixation kit 

270 Washing machine 

Washing machine 

WM 260 


– Energy consumption A -30% 

– Large drum with interior lighting 

– New motor technology for more 

performance, higher durability as 

well as less energy consumption 

and noise 

– Anti-stain automatic for stain 

specific programme cycles 


Electronic control. 


LCD function display with clear text 

and symbols. 

Load weight notification and dosage 

recommendation. 

Programme sequence and time 

remaining indicator. 

Time delay up to 24 h hours. 



Aqua sensor. 


Flow-through sensor. 

Anti-stain automatic. 

Continous automatic load adjustment. 

Foam detection system. 

Spin speed selection from 

400 to 1600 rpm. 

Spin process deactivation at 

programme end. 

Automatic stabilisation. 

Self-cleaning detergent drawer. 

Anti-crease system. 

Child lock. 

Programmes 

Cottons/Coloureds, cold to 90 °C. 

Easy care, cold to 60 °C. 

Quick/Mix 40 °C. 

Delicates/Silk, cold to 40 °C. 

Wool/Handwash, cold to 40 °C. 

Low spin. 

Rapid 15. 

Dark wash. 

Textile Guard. 

Shirts/blouses. 

Lingerie. 

Memory. 

Rinse. 

Spin. 

E m p t y. 

Features 

Large porthole with 165 ° opening 

door. 

varioSoft drum system. 

Drum interior lighting. 

Volume capacity from 1 to 8 kg. 

Liquid detergent insert. 



Energy consumption A -30%. 


Left-hinged. 


Height for under-counter installation: 

82 cm. 

For installation under the worktop 

replace the appliance cover with the 

metal cover. 

Stackable under the tumble dryer 

WD 260 100 in combination with 

special accessory. 

Connection 



Water connection with 3/4 “ screw 

joint.

WD 260 100 

Freestanding, under-counter or 

stackable 



WA 032 000 

Connection kit with extendable shelf 

Condenser dryer 

WD 260 


– Energy consumption A -50%, lowest 

energy consumption on the market 

– Large stainless steel drum with 

interior lighting 

– Heat pump technology 

– Self-cleaning heat exchanger, 

highest comfort and constantly low 

consumption 

– Glass porthole 


Electronic control. 


LCD function display with symbols. 

Programme sequence and time 

remaining indicator. 

Time delay up to 24 h hours. 



Moisture and time controlled 

programmes. 

Heat pump technology. 

Self-cleaning heat exchanger. 

Anti-crease cycle at programme end. 

Child lock. 

Programmes 

Cottons/Coloureds. 

Easy care. 

Mixed fabrics. 

Shirts/blouses. 

Outdoor. 

Wool finish. 

Rapid 40. 

Programme time warm. 

Programme cold air. 

Features 

Large porthole with 160 ° opening 

door. 

Large softDry stainless steel drum. 

Volume capacity from 1 to 7 kg. 

Drum interior lighting. 


Eurolabel A. 

Energy consumption A -50%. 


Right-hinged. 


Height for under-counter installation: 

82 cm. 

For installation under the worktop 

replace the appliance cover with the 

metal cover. 

Stackable over the washing machine 

WM 260 160 in combination with 

special accessory. 

Connection 



Condenser dryer 271

Washing machine. 

Appliance type Washing machine 

White WM 260 160 

Dimensions / capacity 

Width (cm) 60 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (mm) 598 x 842 x 625 (total depth incl. door) 

Appliance height for under-counter (mm) 820 

Door hinge porthole Left 

Door opening angle (°) 165 

Capacity (kg) 8 

Eurolabel 

Energy effi ciency class A 

Energy consumption A -30% 

Cleaning effi ciency class A 

Spining effi ciency class A 


Test programmme Cottons/Coloureds 60 °C + EcoPerfect 

Water consumption (l) 56 

Electricity consumption (kWh) 1.03 

Total annual consumption (4 pers. household) (kWh) 206 

(l) 11.200 

Noise level washing / spinning (dB) 49/74 

Programmes 

Washing programms Cottons/Coloureds, cold to 90 °C 

Easy care, cold to 60 °C 

Quick/Mix 40 °C 

Delicates/Silk, cold to 40 °C 

Wool/Handwash, cold to 40 °C 

Rapid 15 min to 40 °C 

Easy care plus 

Textile Guard 

Shirts/blouses 

Lingerie 

Memory 

Special programms Rinse 

Spin 

Empty 

Low spin 

Options Pre-wash 

Selct stain 

Extra rinse 

Less ironing 

Rinse hold 

Hydro rinse 

Cleaning temperatures (°C) Cold / 30 / 40 / 60 / 90 

Spin speed (rpm) 400 - 1600 

Features 

Aqua sensor • 

Flow-through sensor • 

Load weight notifi cation • 

dosage recommandation • 

Continuous automatic load adjustment • 

Automatic stabilisation • 

Large drum • 

varioSoft drum system • 

Interior lighting • 

Electronic control • 

Temperatur- und programm control Rotary knob and touch keys 

LCD function display with clear text and symbol • 

Programm sequence indicator • 

Time remaining indicator • 

Time delay (h) 24 

End of programm indicator Display, audible 

Spin process after the end progamm switchable. • 

Anti crease system • 

Self cleaning detergent drawer • 

Liquid detergent insert • 


Aqua stop with garantee • 

Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 2.3 

Length of connection cable right side / left side (cm) 120 / 130 

Length of water inlet right side / left side (cm) 100 / 135 

Length of water outlet right side / left side (cm) 140 / 95 

Max. drainage height (cm) 100 


272 Washing machine

Condenser dryer. 

Appliance type Condenser dryer 

White WD 260 100 

Diemension / capacity 

Width (cm) 60 

Appliance dimensions W x H x D (mm) 598 x 842 x 625 

Appliance height for under-counter (mm) 819 

Door hinge porthole Right 

Door opening angle (°) 160 

Capacity (kg) 7 

Eurolabel 

Energy effi ciency class A 

Energy consumption A -50% 


Test programmme Cottons/Coloureds cupboard dry 

Electricity consumption with setting 1.400 rpm (kWh) 1.6 

Noise level (dB) 65 

Programmes 

Programms Cottons/Coloureds 

Easy care 

Quick/Mix 

Shirts/blouses 

Outdoor 

Wool fi nish 

Rapid 40 

Programm time warm 

Programm time cold 

Options Anti crease 

Gentle dry 

Features 

Heat pump technology. • 

Selfcleaning condenser • 

Glass porthole. • 

softDry stainless steel drum • 

Interior lighting. • 

Electronic control. • 

Programmcontrol Rotary knob and touch keys 

LCD function display with symbol. • 

Programm sequence indicator. • 

time remaining indicator • 

Time delay (h) 24 

End of programm indicator. Display, audible 

Anti crease cycle at the end of the programm. • 


Connection 

Total connected load (kW) 1.5 

Length of connection cable cm 145 


Condenser dryer 273

Accessories 

Gastronorm system. 276–277 

Furniture handles. 278 

Sink. 279 

275 

Accessories

Accessories in the Gaggenau Gastronorm system 

For usage in the various Gaggenau appliances the following accessories in the Gaggenau Gastronorm system are available. 

GN 114 130 

Gastronorm insert, 

stainless steel, GN 1/3, 

unperforated, 40 mm deep, 1,5 l 

GN 114 230 



unperforated, 40 mm deep, 3 l 

GN 124 130 



perforated, 40 mm deep, 1,5 l 

GN 124 230 



perforated, 40 mm deep, 3 l 

GN 126 280 



perforated, 65 mm deep, 1,3 l 

GN 410 230 

Gastronorm lid, 


for stainless steel gastronorm inserts 

GN 410 130 

Gastronorm lid, 


for stainless steel gastronorm inserts 

276 Accessories 

Gastronorm insert 

GN 114/124/126 

These high-walled, sturdy inserts made 

from hygienic stainless steel are ideal 

for cooking with steam and equally 

practical for storage in the refrigerator 

or serving at the table. They are 

dishwasher-proof and easy to clean. 

For cooking several meals simultaneously, 

the cooking inserts for Combisteam 

and steam ovens in the GN 2/3 

format can be combined as required 

with smaller inserts that are available 

as special accessories in the GN 1/3 

and 2/8 format. For practical food 

preparation, the inserts fit snugly into 

any Gastronorm sink. 

Gastronorm lid 

GN 410 

The Gastronorm lid may be used to 

seal the Gastronorm inserts in format 

GN 1/3 and 2/3. Together they are 

optimal for storing and keeping 

fresh of food and dishes in the vario 

cooling 200 series appliances. 

GN 340 230 

Gastronorm roaster, 

cast aluminium, 


GN 880 230 

Synthetic cutting board GN 2/3, 

325 mm long, 352 mm wide 

GN 880 280 

Synthetic cutting board GN 2/8, 

325 mm long, 131 mm wide 


GN 340 

For searing and braising in Gaggenau 

ovens with the roasting function and on 

induction cooktops with ø 28 cm cooking 

zone. The top and bottom parts of 

the Gastronorm roaster in the GN 2/3 

format can also be used independently 

of one another. The multi-layered material 

ensures even heat distribution and 

is easy to clean thanks to the non-stick 

coating. 

Use in oven with pull-out system 

BA 016 103 and heating element 

(order separately). 

Gastronorm cutting board 

GN 880 

Synthetic cutting board in the sizes GN 

2/3 and 2/8.

The Gaggenau Gastronorm system 

The Gastronorm system provides the basis for cookware in the professional kitchen. 

It enables a smooth continuum from the preparation and cooking stages right 

through to serving at the table and storage. The Gastronorm inserts from Gaggenau 

have been adapted to match our Vario cooling 200 series, our induction cooktops, 

our Combi-steam and steam ovens as well as our ovens. Furthermore, the Gastronorm 

sink represents yet another valuable addition to the process chain. 

Prepare. 

In combination with kitchen sinks in 

Gastronorm format. 

Keep fresh. 

With the Vario cooling 200 series 

appliances. 

Regenerate. 

Keep fresh. 

Cook. 

Keep warm. 

On induction cooktops VI and CI, in 

our Combi-steam and steam ovens BS 

or our ovens BO in combination with 

the pull-out system BA. 

Keep warm. 

To keep warm in the Gaggenau 

warming drawers WS. 

Regenerate/warm up. 

To regenerate in our Combi-steam and 

steam ovens BS as well as 

warming up on our induction cook-tops 

VI and CI or in our ovens BO in combination 

with the pull-out systems BA. 

Prepare. 

Keep fresh. 

Cook. 

Accessories 277

Furniture handles 

For the individual design of your furniture fronts, Gaggenau is now offering handle bars matching the Vario cooling appliances and also the 

new 200 series ovens. Depending on the length, handle bars come with two or three mounts. 

Handle bar with 2 mounts 

GH 020 010 

Handle bar, stainless steel, 

Length 20 cm, 


GH 020 030 

Handle bar, aluminium, 

Length 20 cm, 


GH 025 010 


Length 25 cm, 


GH 025 030 


Length 25 cm, 


GH 030 010 


Length 30 cm, 


GH 030 030 


Length 30 cm, 


GH 035 010 


Length 35 cm, 


GH 035 030 


Length 35 cm, 


GH 040 010 


Length 40 cm, 


GH 040 030 


Length 40 cm, 


GH 045 010 


Length 45 cm, 


GH 045 030 


Length 45 cm, 


GH 050 010 


Length 50 cm, 


GH 050 030 


Length 50 cm, 


GH 060 010 


Length 60 cm, 


GH 060 030 


Length 60 cm, 


GH 070 010 


Length 70 cm, 


GH 070 030 


Length 70 cm, 


278 Accessories 

GH 080 010 


Length 80 cm, 


GH 080 030 


Length 80 cm, 


GH 090 010 


Length 90 cm, 


GH 090 030 


Length 90 cm, 


Handle bar with 3 mounts 

GH 110 010 


Length 110 cm, 

Drilling distance 538.5 mm each. 

GH 110 030 




GH 120 010 




GH 120 030 




GH 140 010 




GH 140 030 




GH 160 010 




GH 160 030 




GH 180 010 




GH 180 030 




GH 200 010 




GH 200 030 



Drilling distance 988.5 mm each.

GN 710 110 


Width 557 mm, Depth 349 mm 

GN 710 280 


Width 321 mm, Depth 128 mm 


GN 880 230 

Synthetic cutting board GN 2/3 

325 mm long, 352 mm wide. 

GN 880 280 

Synthetic cutting board GN 2/8 

325 mm long, 131 mm wide. 

GN 114 130 

Stainless steel cooking insert GN 1/3 


GN 114 230 



GN 124 130 



GN 124 230 



GN 126 280 



Sink 

GN 710 

- For flush or under-counter 

installation 

- Work at two levels: in the sink itself 

or in the cooking insert 

- Compatible with all accessories in 

Gastronorm (GN) dimensions 

- Any possible combination with 

2 sink sizes 

Interior dimensions of large sink: 

W 541 x H 175 x D 333 mm. 

For cooking inserts GN 2/8, 

1/3 or 2/3. 

For cutting boards GN 2/3 or 2/8. 

Interior dimensions of small sink: 

W 305 x H 75 x D 112.5 mm. 

For cooking insert GN 2/8. 

For cutting board GN 2/8. 


Full set of installation material for flush 

or under-counter installation included. 

Complete set of accessories for 

the water outlet with drain eccentric 

included. 

Can be installed in a 60 cm wide lower 

cabinet. 

For flush installation a recess in the 

worktop and for the overflow must be 

provided. 

Because of dimensional tolerances, we 

recommend to verify the sink dimensions 

before installation. 

Accessories 279

Installation plan 1 

280 

AH 273 

AF 280 ... 

AH 250 ... 

AH 900 ... 

BS 2.. ... 

BM 22. ... 

CM 250 ... 

5 

ø 125/ 

150 

ø 125/150 

BM 2.. ... 

BS 2.. ... 

K 

BS 27./28. ... 

Safety sockets 

VG 232 ... 

VG 231 ... 

VR 230 ... VF 230 ... 

VK 230 ... 

CE ... ... 

CI ... ... 

CG 290 ... 

CG 270 ... 

VG 295 ... 

CE 49. ... 

CE ... ... 

CI ... ... 

VE 260 ./270 . 

VI 260 ./270 . 

G 

G 

Dimensions in cm or mm 

Cooker connection socket 

105 

V Flush-mounted valve (1/2) 

Safety socket 

max. 50 A 

E Cold and hot water supply 

Dishwasher or washing machine 

K Cold water supply on the appliance 

* EB 385 ... 

* EB 388 ... 

WS 26. 

* BO 2.. ... 

WS 2.. 

* BO 2.. ... 

W Hot water supply on the appliance 

Electrical connection on the appliance 

A Drain 

G Gas connection 

Gas connections should still be accessible 

after installation of built-in appliances. 

* Plan safety sockets/cooker connection 

next to the appliance. 

Worktop height for waste 

water drain of 50 cm min. 85 cm 

A 

* RB/RY 491 ... 

* RC 4.. ... 

* RF 4.. ... 

* RW 414/464 ... 

RC/RT 22. ... 

RB 28. ... 

RC 28./24. ... 

RT 28./24. ... 

RT 287/247 ... 

BM 22. ... 

AH 198 

5 

* RY 495 ... 

* RS 295 ... 

ø 150/150 

* VE 260 ... 

* VE 270 ... * DF2../4.. 

* VG 264 ... * DI 4.. 

* RF 200 ... 

* RC 200 ... 

* RT 200 ... 

VL 040/041 ... VC 230 ... 

VL 430/431 ... VI 230 ... 

* RW 404 

NW 150 

NW 125 

E W K 

A 

120 

G 

110 

A 

70 

* 

K K 

K 

50 

60 

ø 125 

20–30 

Water connection next to the appliance 

200 cm 2 air inlet 

200 cm2 air in-/ 

outlet

Installation plan 2 

AW 480 ... 

AW 2.. 

AW 4.. 

AH 198 

5 

ø 120/ 

150 

Dimensions in cm 

Cooker connection socket 

Safety socket 

V Flush-mounted valve (1/2) 

E Cold and hot water supply 

Dishwasher or washing machine 

K Cold water supply on the appliance 

* DF 2../4.. 

* DI 4.. ... 

V 

CG 492 ... 

KG 491 ... 

VG 421 ... 

VG 411 ... 

VG 44. ... 

VI 421 ... 

VI 411 ... 

VC 421 ... 

VC 422 ... 

VF 411 ... 

VR 421 ... 

VP 421 ... 

AT 400–... 

VL 431 ... VL 430 ... 

+ CE/CI/V... VG 421 ... 

VC 421 ... 

VG 411 ... VR 421 ... VF 411 ... VC 422 ... 

VG 44. ... 

VK 411 ... 

W Hot water supply on the appliance 

Electrical connection on the appliance 

A Drain 

G Gas connection 

120 

E 

G 

G 

G 

A 

60 50 

70 

Diameter 

150 

Diameter 

150 

50 

A 

All dishwashers can also be built into a 

high cabinet 30 to 40 cm above the floor, 

which is ergonomically favourable. 

Gas connections should still be accessible 

after installation of built-in appliances. 

Diameter 

150 

* Plan safety sockets next to the appliance. 

A Worktop height for waste water drain 

of 50 cm min. 85 cm 

Des. Above gas Above electric 

AH 250/900 65 47 

AF 280 65 43 

AW/AI 280 70 60 

AW/AI 20./21. 70 60 

AW/AI 40. 65 55 

AW/AI 22. 65 55 

AW/AI 480 65 55 

281

Note: 

282

Note: 

283

Note: 

284

© Copyright by 

Gaggenau Hausgeräte GmbH 

P.O. Box 830101 

81701 Munich 

Edition 2010/2011 

The data and facts expressed herein are current as of 

Mai 2010. Gaggenau reserves the right to implement 

technical modifi cations that serve the purpose of progress. 

The appliances are for household use only. 

Certain appliances in this brochure are not available 

in all countries. Please contact your Gaggenau supplier 

for details.

International Enquiries: 

Gaggenau Hausgeräte GmbH 

P.O. Box 830101 

81701 Munich 

Germany 

www.gaggenau.com 

Q9G1LA0120

Models-and-dimensions_2010-2011_INT

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?